at91samd: add erase/secure commands, minor fix
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
292
293 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
294 using Trac for its bug database:
295
296 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
297
298
299 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
301 @cindex dongles
302 @cindex FTDI
303 @cindex wiggler
304 @cindex zy1000
305 @cindex printer port
306 @cindex USB Adapter
307 @cindex RTCK
308
309 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
310 an adapter .... [snip]
311
312 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
313 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
314 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
315 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
316 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
317 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
318 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
319
320
321 @section Choosing a Dongle
322
323 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
324
325 @enumerate
326 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
327 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
328 other ways to communicate with target devices.
329 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
330 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
331 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
332 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
333 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
334 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
335 Ethernet port needed?
336 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
337 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
338 @end enumerate
339
340 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
341
342 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
343 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
344 running on the developer's host computer.
345 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
346 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
347 IP address assigned to the probe.
348 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
349 OpenOCD debugger.
350 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
351 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
352 the target.
353 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
354 to power cycle the target remotely.
355
356 For more information, visit:
357
358 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
359
360 @section USB FT2232 Based
361
362 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
363 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
364 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
365 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
366 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
367 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
368 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
369 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
370 clocking.)
371
372 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
373 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
374 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
375 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
376 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
377
378 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
379 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
380
381 @itemize @bullet
382 @item @b{usbjtag}
383 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
384 @item @b{jtagkey}
385 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
386 @item @b{jtagkey2}
387 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
388 @item @b{oocdlink}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
390 @item @b{signalyzer}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
392 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
393 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
394 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
395 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
396 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
397 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
398 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
399 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
400 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
401 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
402 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
403 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
404 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
405 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
406 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
407 @item @b{turtelizer2}
408 @* See:
409 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
410 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
411 @item @b{comstick}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
413 @item @b{stm32stick}
414 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
415 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
416 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
417 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
418 @item @b{cortino}
419 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
420 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
421 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
422 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
423 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
424 @item @b{opendous}
425 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
426 (OpenHardware).
427 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
428 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
429
430 @item @b{GW16042}
431 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
432 FT2232H-based
433
434 @end itemize
435 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
436
437 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
438 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
439 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
440 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
441 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
442
443 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
444 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
445 (see the section on driver commands).
446
447 @itemize
448 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
449 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
450 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
452 @end itemize
453
454 @section USB JLINK based
455 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
456 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
457 AT91SAM764 internally.
458
459 @itemize @bullet
460 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
462 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
464 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
465 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
466 @end itemize
467
468 @section USB RLINK based
469 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
470 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
471 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
476 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
478 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
480 @end itemize
481
482 @section USB ST-LINK based
483 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
484 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
485
486 @itemize @bullet
487 @item @b{ST-LINK}
488 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
490 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
491 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
493 @end itemize
494
495 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
496 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
497 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
498 @itemize @bullet
499 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
500 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
501 @end itemize
502
503 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
504 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
505 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
506 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
507
508 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
509 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
510 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
511
512 @section USB Other
513 @itemize @bullet
514 @item @b{USBprog}
515 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
516
517 @item @b{USB - Presto}
518 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
519
520 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
522
523 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
525
526 @item @b{Buspirate}
527 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
528
529 @item @b{opendous}
530 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
531
532 @item @b{estick}
533 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
534
535 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
536 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
537 @end itemize
538
539 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
540
541 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
542 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
543 these on the market.
544
545 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
546 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
547 of USB-based ones.
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550
551 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
553
554 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
555 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
556 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
557
558 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
560
561 @item @b{Wiggler2}
562 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
563
564 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
565 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
566
567 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
568 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
569
570 @item @b{arm-jtag}
571 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
572
573 @item @b{chameleon}
574 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
575
576 @item @b{Triton}
577 @* Unknown.
578
579 @item @b{Lattice}
580 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
581 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
582
583 @item @b{flashlink}
584 @* From ST Microsystems;
585 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
586
587 @end itemize
588
589 @section Other...
590 @itemize @bullet
591
592 @item @b{ep93xx}
593 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
594
595 @item @b{at91rm9200}
596 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
597
598 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
599 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
600
601 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
602 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
603 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
604
605 @end itemize
606
607 @node About Jim-Tcl
608 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex Jim-Tcl
610 @cindex tcl
611
612 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
613 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
614 command interpreter.
615
616 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
617 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
618 much of anything about Tcl.
619 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
620
621 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
622 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
623 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
624 OpenOCD mailing list.
625
626 @itemize @bullet
627 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
628 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
629 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
630 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
631 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
632 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
633
634 @item @b{Missing Features}
635 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
636 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
637 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
638 enabled in OpenOCD.
639
640 @item @b{Scripts}
641 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
642 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
643 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
644
645 @item @b{Commands}
646 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
647 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
648 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
649 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
650
651 @item @b{Historical Note}
652 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
653 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
654 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
655 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
656
657 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
658 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
659 @end itemize
660
661 @node Running
662 @chapter Running
663 @cindex command line options
664 @cindex logfile
665 @cindex directory search
666
667 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
668 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
669 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. An example rules file
670 that works for many common adapters is shipped with OpenOCD in the
671 @file{contrib} directory. MS-Windows needs
672 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
673 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
674
675 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
676 tell it how each debug session should work.
677 The @option{--help} option shows:
678 @verbatim
679 bash$ openocd --help
680
681 --help | -h display this help
682 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
683 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
684 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
685 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
686 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
687 --command | -c run <command>
688 @end verbatim
689
690 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
691 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
692 To specify one or more different
693 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
694
695 @example
696 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
697 @end example
698
699 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
700 @enumerate
701 @item the current directory,
702 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
703 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
704 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
705 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
706 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
707 @end enumerate
708 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
709
710 @quotation Note
711 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
712 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
713 @end quotation
714
715 @section Simple setup, no customization
716
717 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
718 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
719 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
720 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
721 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
722
723 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
724 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
725 the server with some variation of one of the following:
726
727 @example
728 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
729 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
730 @end example
731
732 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
733 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
734 If all goes well you'll see output something like
735
736 @example
737 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
738 For bug reports, read
739 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
740 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
741 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
742 @end example
743
744 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
745 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
746 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
747
748 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
749
750 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
751 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
752 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
753 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
754 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
755 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
756 ensure that this always succeeds.
757 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
758 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
759 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
760 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
761
762 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
763 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
764 those channels.
765
766 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
767 the @option{-d} option.
768
769 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
770 @option{-c} command line switch.
771
772 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
773 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
774 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
775 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
776 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
777 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
778 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
779
780 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
781 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
782
783 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
784 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
785 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
786 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
787
788 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
789 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
790
791 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
792 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
793 and start the OpenOCD server.
794 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
795 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
796 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
797 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
798
799 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
800
801 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
802 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
803 and a USB cable on the other.
804 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
805 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
806
807 @enumerate
808 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
809 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
810 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
811 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
812 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
813 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
814 debugging host.
815
816 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
817 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
818 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
819 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
820 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
821
822 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
823 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
824 with 1.2 Volt boards.
825
826 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
827 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
828 ways to connect the cable.
829 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
830 Be sure it's firmly connected.
831
832 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
833 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
834 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
835 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
836 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
837 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
838 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
839 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
840
841 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
842 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
843 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
844 but are tedious to set up.
845 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
846 adapter signals to the right board pins.
847
848 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
849 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
850 you are using to run OpenOCD.
851 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
852
853 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
854 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
855 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
856 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
857
858 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
859 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
860 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
861
862 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
863 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
864 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
865 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
866
867 @end enumerate
868
869 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
870 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
871 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
872
873 @section Project Directory
874
875 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
876
877 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
878 single directory for your work with a given board.
879 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
880 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
881 files accessed through semihosting,
882 and for code you upload to the target board.
883 It is also the natural place to write files,
884 such as log files and data you download from the board.
885
886 @section Configuration Basics
887
888 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
889 a variety of ways you can mix them.
890 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
891
892 @itemize
893 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
894 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
895 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
896 @end itemize
897
898 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
899 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
900 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
901
902 @example
903 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
904
905 # GDB can also flash my flash!
906 gdb_memory_map enable
907 gdb_flash_program enable
908
909 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
910 @end example
911
912 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
913
914 @example
915 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
916 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
917 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
918 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
919 @end example
920
921 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
922 each supporting a different development task.
923 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
924 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
925
926 @quotation Important
927 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
928 problems with how it treats variables.
929 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
930 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
931 that can be tested in a later script.
932 @end quotation
933
934 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
935 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
936 to simplify your work.
937
938 @section User Config Files
939 @cindex config file, user
940 @cindex user config file
941 @cindex config file, overview
942
943 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
944 in one place.
945 One of the following will match your situation best:
946
947 @itemize
948 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
949 provided by someone else.
950 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
951 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
952 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
953 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
954 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
955 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
956
957 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
958 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
959
960 @enumerate
961 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
962 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
963 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
964 @end enumerate
965
966 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
967 The first is an interface config file.
968 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
969 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
970 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
971 meet your deadline:
972
973 @example
974 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
975 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
976 @end example
977
978 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
979 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
980 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
981 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
982
983 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
984 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
985 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
986 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
987 target and board
988 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
989 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
990
991 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
992 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
993 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
994 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
995
996 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
997 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
998 giving access to your particular flash chips.
999 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
1000 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1001
1002 @quotation Note
1003 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1004 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1005 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1006 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1007 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1008 @end quotation
1009
1010 @item
1011 You may may need to write some C code.
1012 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1013 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1014 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1015 a new chip architecture.
1016 @end itemize
1017
1018 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1019 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1020 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1021
1022 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1023 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1024 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1025 @itemize
1026
1027 @item
1028 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1029 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1030 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1031 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1032
1033 @item
1034 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1035 @cindex vector_catch
1036 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1037 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1038 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1039 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1040 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1041 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1042
1043 @item
1044 You might need to override some defaults.
1045 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1046 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1047
1048 @item
1049 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1050 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1051 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1052 @end itemize
1053
1054 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1055
1056 A few project-specific utility
1057 routines may well speed up your work.
1058 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1059
1060 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1061 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1062 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1063 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1064 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1065 may help:
1066
1067 @example
1068 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1069 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1070 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1071 # Leave the CPU halted.
1072 reset init
1073
1074 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1075 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1076
1077 # Start running.
1078 resume 0x20000000
1079 @}
1080 @end example
1081
1082 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1083 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1084 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1085 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1086 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1087
1088 @example
1089 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1090 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1091 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1092 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1093 reset init
1094
1095 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1096 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1097 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1098 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1099 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1100 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1101 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1102
1103 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1104 reset run
1105 @}
1106 @end example
1107
1108 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1109 from NAND.
1110 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1111 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1112 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1113
1114 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1115 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1116
1117 @section Target Software Changes
1118
1119 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1120 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1121 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1122 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1123 handling issues like:
1124
1125 @itemize @bullet
1126
1127 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1128 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1129 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1130 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1131 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1132 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1133 your debug sessions.
1134
1135 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1136 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1137 That might however be your only option.
1138
1139 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1140 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1141 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1142 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1143 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1144 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1145 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1146 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1147 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1148 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1149 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1150 instead of the whole thing.
1151 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1152 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1153
1154 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1155 @cindex ARM semihosting
1156 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1157 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1158 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1159 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1160 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1161 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1162 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1163 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1164 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1165 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1166 NAND or SPI flash.
1167
1168 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1169 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1170 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1171 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1172 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1173
1174 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1175 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1176 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1177 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1178 registers which can be used to change various features including
1179 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1180 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1181 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1182 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1183 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1184
1185 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1186 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1187 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1188 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1189 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1190
1191 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1192 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1193 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1194 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1195 early code execution can be debugged
1196 or firmware can be replaced.
1197
1198 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1199 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1200 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1201 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1202 operations like writing to memory.)
1203
1204 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1205 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1206 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1207 various kinds of message.
1208 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1209
1210 @end itemize
1211
1212 @section Target Hardware Setup
1213
1214 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1215 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1216 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1217 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1218 working with.}
1219
1220 Common issues include:
1221
1222 @itemize @bullet
1223
1224 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1225 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1226 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1227 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1228 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1229 or one from a daughtercard).
1230 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1231 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1232
1233 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1234 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1235 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1236 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1237 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1238 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1239
1240 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1241 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1242 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1243 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1244 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1245
1246
1247 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1248 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1249 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1250 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1251 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1252 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1253 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1254
1255 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1256 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1257 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1258 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1259 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1260
1261 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1262 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1263 used to start booting.
1264
1265 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1266 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1267 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1268 multiple audio codec chips).
1269 This interacts with software
1270 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1271 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1272 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1273 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1274 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1275 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1276 audio or video codecs are used.
1277
1278 @end itemize
1279
1280 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1281 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1282 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1283 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1284 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1285 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1286 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1287 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1288 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1289 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1290
1291
1292 @node Config File Guidelines
1293 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1294
1295 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1296 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1297 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1298 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1299
1300 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1301 with files including the ones listed here.
1302 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1303 @itemize @bullet
1304 @item @file{interface} ...
1305 These are for debug adapters.
1306 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1307 @example
1308 $ ls interface -R
1309 interface/:
1310 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1311 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1312 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1313 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1314 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1315 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1318 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1319 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1320 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1321 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1322 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1323 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1324 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1325 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1326 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1327 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1328 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1329 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1330 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1335
1336 interface/ftdi:
1337 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1338 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1339 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1340 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1341 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1342 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1343 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1344 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1345 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1346 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1347 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1351 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1352 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1353 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1354 $
1355 @end example
1356 @item @file{board} ...
1357 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1358 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1359 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1360 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1361 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1362 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1363 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1364 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1365 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1366 a CPU and an FPGA.
1367 @example
1368 $ ls board
1369 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1370 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1371 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1372 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1373 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1374 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1375 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1376 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1377 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1378 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1380 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1381 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1384 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1385 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1386 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1387 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1388 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1389 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1390 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1391 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1392 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1393 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1394 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1395 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1396 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1397 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1398 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1399 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1408 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1409 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1410 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1411 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1412 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1413 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1418 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1419 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1420 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1421 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1422 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1423 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1424 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1425 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1426 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1427 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1428 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1429 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1430 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1431 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1432 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1433 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1434 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1435 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1436 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1437 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1438 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1439 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1440 $
1441 @end example
1442 @item @file{target} ...
1443 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1444 on a chip
1445 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1446 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1447 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1448 the target config file defines all of them.
1449 @example
1450 $ ls target
1451 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1452 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1453 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1454 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1455 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1456 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1457 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1459 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1460 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1461 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1462 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1463 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1464 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1465 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1466 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1467 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1468 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1469 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1470 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1471 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1472 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1473 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1474 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1475 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1476 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1477 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1478 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1479 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1480 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1481 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1482 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1483 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1484 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1485 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1486 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1487 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1488 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1489 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1490 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1491 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1492 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1493 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1494 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1495 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1496 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1497 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1498 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1499 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1500 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1501 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1502 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1503 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1505 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1506 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1507 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1508 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1509 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1510 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1511 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1512 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1513 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1514 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1515 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1516 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1517 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1518 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1519 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1520 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1521 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1522 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1523 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1524 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1525 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1526 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1527 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1528 @end example
1529 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1530 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 @end itemize
1532
1533 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1534 file may override features in any of the above files by
1535 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1536 commands specific to their situation.
1537
1538 @section Interface Config Files
1539
1540 The user config file
1541 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542
1543 @example
1544 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 @end example
1546
1547 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1548 in use today with OpenOCD.
1549 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1550 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1551
1552 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1553 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1554 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1555 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1556 and need to provide a driver for it.
1557
1558 @section Board Config Files
1559 @cindex config file, board
1560 @cindex board config file
1561
1562 The user config file
1563 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 @end example
1568
1569 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1570 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1571 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572
1573 @enumerate
1574 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1575 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1576 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1577 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1578 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1579 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 @end enumerate
1581
1582 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1583 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1584 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1585 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1586
1587 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1588 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1589 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1590 configuration works.
1591
1592 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1593
1594 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1595 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1596 convention on how to use certain variables.
1597
1598 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1599 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1600 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1601 used at will within a target configuration file.
1602
1603 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1604 for a board with three chips:
1605
1606 @example
1607 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1608 set CHIPNAME network
1609 set ENDIAN big
1610 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1611 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1612 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1613 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1614
1615 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 set CHIPNAME video
1617 set ENDIAN little
1618 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1619 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1620 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1621 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1622
1623 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1625 unset ENDIAN
1626 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 @end example
1628
1629 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1630 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1631 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1632 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1633 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1634 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1635 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1636 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1637
1638 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1639 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 naming collisions.
1641
1642 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1643 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1644 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1645 up other clocks and peripherals.
1646
1647 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1648 @cindex variable names
1649
1650 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1651 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1652 one such chip (as shown above).
1653 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1654 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1655 to promote consistency and
1656 so that board files can override target defaults.
1657
1658 Inputs to target config files include:
1659
1660 @itemize @bullet
1661 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1662 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1663 tap identifier dotted names.
1664 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1665 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1666 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1667 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1668 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1669 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1670 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1671 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1672 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1673 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 @end itemize
1675
1676 Outputs from target config files include:
1677
1678 @itemize @bullet
1679 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1680 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1681 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1682 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1683 specific to that board and that target.
1684 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1685 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @end itemize
1687
1688 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1689 @cindex event, reset-init
1690 @cindex reset-init handler
1691
1692 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1693 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1694 fully set up yet.
1695 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1696 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1697 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1698 handler is one of the most important.
1699
1700 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1701 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1702 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1703 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1704 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705
1706 @quotation Note
1707 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1708 are included here.
1709 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1710 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1711 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1712 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 @end quotation
1714
1715 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1716 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1717 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1718 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1719 those as parameters.
1720 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1721 and disabling the watchdog.
1722 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1723 the next developer doing such work.
1724 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1725
1726 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1727 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1728 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1729 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1730
1731 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1732
1733 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1734 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1735 a low JTAG clock rate.
1736 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1737 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1738 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1739 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1740 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1741 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1742 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1743
1744 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1745 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1746 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1747 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1748 which might be less than that.
1749
1750 @quotation Warning
1751 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1752 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1753 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1754 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 @end quotation
1756
1757 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1758 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1759 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1760 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1761 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1762 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1763
1764 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1765 @subsection The init_board procedure
1766 @cindex init_board procedure
1767
1768 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1769 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1770 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1771 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1772 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1773 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1774 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1775 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1776 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1777 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1778 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1779 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1780
1781 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1782 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783
1784 @example
1785 ### board_file.cfg ###
1786
1787 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1788 source [find target/target.cfg]
1789
1790 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1791 # enables fast on-board clock source
1792 # configures the chip to use it
1793 @}
1794
1795 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1796 proc init_board @{@} @{
1797 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1798
1799 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1800 adapter_khz 1
1801 enable_fast_clock
1802 adapter_khz 10000
1803 @}
1804 @}
1805 @end example
1806
1807 @section Target Config Files
1808 @cindex config file, target
1809 @cindex target config file
1810
1811 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1812 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1813 more target config files like this:
1814
1815 @example
1816 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 @end example
1818
1819 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1820 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1821 In summary the target files should contain
1822
1823 @enumerate
1824 @item Set defaults
1825 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1826 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1827 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1828 @item On-Chip flash
1829 @end enumerate
1830
1831 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1832 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1833 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1834
1835 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1836 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1837 can talk to the chip.
1838 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1839 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1840 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1841 and other processing engines.
1842
1843 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1844
1845 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1846 letting board config files express environment-specific
1847 differences in how things should be set up.
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1851 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1852 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1854 @} else @{
1855 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 @}
1857
1858 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1859 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1860 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1861 @} else @{
1862 set _ENDIAN little
1863 @}
1864
1865 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1866 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1867 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1868 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1870 @} else @{
1871 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @}
1873 @end example
1874 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1875
1876 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1877 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1878 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1879
1880 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1881 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1882 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883
1884 @example
1885 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1886 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1890 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1891 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1892 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 for taps.
1894
1895 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1896 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1897 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1898 looks (in part) like this:
1899
1900 @example
1901 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 @end example
1903
1904 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1905 to source such a config file twice, with different
1906 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1907 it adds a different TAP each time.
1908
1909 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1910 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1911 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1912 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913
1914 @example
1915 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1917 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1918 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1919 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 @end example
1921
1922 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1923 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1927 plus a JRC to enable them
1928 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1929 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1930 is not currently used)
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 @subsection Add CPU targets
1934
1935 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1936 GDB and other commands can use it.
1937 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1938 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1939 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1940 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941
1942 @example
1943 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 @end example
1946
1947 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1948 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1949 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1950 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1951 a work area if you can.
1952 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953
1954 @example
1955 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1956 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @end example
1958
1959 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1960 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1961 @cindex SMP
1962 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963
1964 @example
1965 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1966 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1969 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1970 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1971 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1972 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1973 @end example
1974 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1975 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1976 @itemize @bullet
1977 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1978 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1979 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1980 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1981 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1982 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 @end itemize
1984
1985 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1986 command have been implemented.
1987 @itemize @bullet
1988 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1989 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1990 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1991 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1992 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1993 following example.
1994 @end itemize
1995
1996 @example
1997 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1998 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1999 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2000 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2001 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2002 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2003 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2004 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2005 > resume
2006 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2007 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2008 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2009 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2010 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2011 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2012 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2013 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2014 @end example
2015
2016
2017 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2018
2019 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2020 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2021 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2022
2023 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2024 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2025 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2026 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 both signals.
2028
2029 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2030 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2031 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2032 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2033 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2034 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2035 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2036 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2037 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2038 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 not available.)
2040
2041 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2042 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2043 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2044 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2045 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2046 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2047 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2048 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2049
2050 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2051 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2052 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2053 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2054 slower clock than they will use later.
2055 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2056 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2057 than they will use later.
2058 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2059
2060 @quotation Important
2061 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2062 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2063 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2064 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2065 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @end quotation
2067
2068 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2069 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2070 @cindex init_targets procedure
2071
2072 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2073 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2074 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2075 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2076 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2077 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2078 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2079 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2080 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081
2082 @example
2083 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2084
2085 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2086 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 @}
2088
2089 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2090 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2091 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 @}
2093
2094 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2095
2096 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2097
2098 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2099 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2100 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2101 @}
2102 @end example
2103
2104 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2105 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2106
2107 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2108
2109 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2110 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2111
2112 @anchor{theinittargeteventsprocedure}
2113 @subsection The init_target_events procedure
2114 @cindex init_target_events procedure
2115
2116 A special procedure called @code{init_target_events} is run just after
2117 @code{init_targets} (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets
2118 procedure}.) and before @code{init_board}
2119 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.) It is used
2120 to set up default target events for the targets that do not have those
2121 events already assigned.
2122
2123 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2124
2125 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2126 special high speed download features - enable it.
2127
2128 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2129
2130 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2131 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2132 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2133 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2134 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2135 If you are using an external trace port,
2136 configure it in your board config file.
2137 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2138 configure it in your target config file.
2139
2140 @example
2141 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2142 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2143 @end example
2144
2145 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2146
2147 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2148
2149 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2150 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2151 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2152 the TARGET (chip) file.
2153
2154 Examples:
2155 @itemize @bullet
2156 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2157 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2158 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2159 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2160 @end itemize
2161
2162 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2163 @section Translating Configuration Files
2164 @cindex translation
2165 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2166 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2167 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2168 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2169 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2170 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2171
2172 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2173 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2174 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2175 convert other scripts later on.
2176
2177 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2178 replace job:
2179
2180 @example
2181 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2182 #
2183 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2184 #
2185 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2186 #
2187 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2188
2189 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2190 global TARGETNAME
2191
2192 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2193
2194 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2195 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2196 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2197 @}
2198 @end example
2199
2200
2201
2202 @node Daemon Configuration
2203 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2204 @cindex initialization
2205 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2206 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2207 supported.
2208
2209 @anchor{configurationstage}
2210 @section Configuration Stage
2211 @cindex configuration stage
2212 @cindex config command
2213
2214 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2215 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2216 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2217 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2218 inside startup scripts.
2219
2220 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2221 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2222 which may be issued interactively.
2223 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2224 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2225
2226 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2227 flash banks,
2228 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2229 and other basic setup.
2230 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2231 may access or activate TAPs.
2232 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2233 longer be issued.
2234
2235 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2236 @section Entering the Run Stage
2237
2238 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2239 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2240 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2241 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2242 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2243 You should see no errors at this point.
2244 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2245 commands you used to configure the server.
2246 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2247 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2248 on the scan chain.
2249
2250 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2251 become available.
2252 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2253 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2254 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2255 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2256 entry to the run stage.
2257
2258 @deffn {Config Command} init
2259 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2260 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2261 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2262 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2263 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2264 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2265
2266 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2267 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2268 configuration files and/or command line options.
2269
2270 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2271 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2272 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2273 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2274 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2278 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2279 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2280
2281 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2282 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2283 scan chain.
2284 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2285 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2286
2287 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2288 they return.
2289 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2290 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @anchor{tcpipports}
2294 @section TCP/IP Ports
2295 @cindex TCP port
2296 @cindex server
2297 @cindex port
2298 @cindex security
2299 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2300 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2301 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2302
2303 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2304 access using one or more of these ports.
2305 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2306 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2307 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2308
2309 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2310 @cindex GDB server
2311 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2312 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2313 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2314 the normal use cases.
2315
2316 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2317 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2318 disables the gdb server.
2319
2320 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2321 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2322
2323 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2324 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2325
2326 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2327 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2328 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2329
2330 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2331 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2332 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2333 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2337 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2338 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2339 output from the Tcl engine.
2340 Intended as a machine interface.
2341 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2342 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2343
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2347 Specify or query the
2348 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2349 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2350 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2351 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2352 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2356 @section GDB Configuration
2357 @cindex GDB
2358 @cindex GDB configuration
2359 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2360 The ones listed here are static and global.
2361 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2362 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2363
2364 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2365 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2366 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2367 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2368 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2369 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2370 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2374 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2375 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2376 vFlash packet is received.
2377 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2378 @end deffn
2379
2380 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2381 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2382 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2383 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2384 for flash programming to work.
2385 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2386 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2387 @end deffn
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2390 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2391 by GDB memory read packets.
2392 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2393 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2397 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2398 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2402 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2403
2404 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2405 @end deffn
2406
2407 @anchor{eventpolling}
2408 @section Event Polling
2409
2410 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2411 where significant events can happen at any time.
2412 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2413 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2414 or to GDB.
2415
2416 Examples of such events include:
2417
2418 @itemize
2419 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2420 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2421 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2422 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2423 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2424 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2425 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2426 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2427 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2428 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2429 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2430 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2431 @end itemize
2432
2433 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2434 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2435 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2436 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2437 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2438
2439 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2440 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2441 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2442 to the various active targets.
2443 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2444 which is normally done in the background.
2445
2446 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2447 Poll the current target for its current state.
2448 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2449 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2450 specific information about the current state is printed.
2451 An optional parameter
2452 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2453
2454 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2455 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2456 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2457 @example
2458 > poll
2459 background polling: on
2460 target state: halted
2461 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2462 current mode: Supervisor
2463 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2464 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2465 >
2466 @end example
2467 @end deffn
2468
2469 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2470 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2471 @cindex config file, interface
2472 @cindex interface config file
2473
2474 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2475 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2476 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2477
2478 @quotation Note
2479 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2480 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2481 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2482 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2483 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2484 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2485 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2486 @end quotation
2487
2488 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2489 through commands in an interface configuration
2490 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2491 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2492
2493 @example
2494 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2495 @end example
2496
2497 These commands tell
2498 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2499 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2500
2501 @example
2502 # jlink interface
2503 interface jlink
2504 @end example
2505
2506 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2507
2508
2509 @section Interface Configuration
2510
2511 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2512 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2513 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2514
2515 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2516 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2517 target.
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2521 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2522 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2525 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2526 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2527 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2528 the hardware can support.
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531
2532
2533 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2534 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2535 @end deffn
2536
2537 @section Interface Drivers
2538
2539 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2540 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2541 available at run time.
2542
2543 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2544 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2545 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2546 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2547
2548 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2549 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2550 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2554 Displays status of RTCK option.
2555 Optionally sets that option first.
2556 @end deffn
2557 @end deffn
2558
2559 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2560 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2561 This has one driver-specific command:
2562
2563 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2564 Logs some status
2565 @end deffn
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2569 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2570 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2571 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2572 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2573 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2574 @end deffn
2575
2576 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2577 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2578
2579 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2580 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2581 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2582 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2583 @example
2584 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2585 @end example
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2589 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2590 @end deffn
2591 @end deffn
2592
2593 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2594 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2595 @end deffn
2596
2597 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2598 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2599 @end deffn
2600
2601 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2602 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2603
2604 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2605 recommended as its replacement.
2606
2607 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2608 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2609
2610 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2611 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2612 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2613 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2614 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2615 @end deffn
2616
2617 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2618 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2619 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2620 is connected to the host.
2621 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2622 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2623 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2624 @end deffn
2625
2626 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2627 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2628 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2629 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2630 @itemize @minus
2631 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2632 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2633 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2634 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2635 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2636 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2637 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2638 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2639 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2640 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2641 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2642 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2643 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2644 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2645 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2646 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2647 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2648 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2649 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2650 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2651 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2652 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2653 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2654 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2655 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2656 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2657 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2658 @end itemize
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2662 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2663 default values are used.
2664 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2665 @example
2666 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2667 @end example
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2671 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2672 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2673 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2674 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2675 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2676 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2677 @end deffn
2678
2679 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2680 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2681 The default value is 1.
2682 @end deffn
2683
2684 For example, the interface config file for a
2685 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2686
2687 @example
2688 interface ft2232
2689 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2690 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2691 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2692 @end example
2693 @end deffn
2694
2695 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2696 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2697 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2698 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2699 interface driver.
2700
2701 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2702 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2703 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2704
2705 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2706 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2707 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2708
2709 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2710 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2711 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2712 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2713 will be used for their customary purpose.
2714
2715 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2716 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2717 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2718 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2719
2720 @itemize @minus
2721 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2722 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2723 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2724 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2725 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2726 switching data and direction as necessary
2727 @end itemize
2728
2729 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2730 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2731
2732 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2733 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2734 default values are used.
2735 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2736 @example
2737 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2738 @end example
2739 @end deffn
2740
2741 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2742 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2743 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2744 during device selection.
2745 @end deffn
2746
2747 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2748 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2749 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2750 is connected to the host.
2751 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2752 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2753 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2754 @end deffn
2755
2756 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2757 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2758 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2759 @end deffn
2760
2761 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2762 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2763 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2764 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2765 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2766 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2767 and initially asserted reset signals.
2768 @end deffn
2769
2770 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask] [@option{-alias}|@option{-nalias} name]
2771 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2772 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2773 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2774 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2775 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2776 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2777 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2778 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2779
2780 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2781 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2782 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2783 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2784 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2785 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2786
2787 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2788 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2789 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2790 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2791 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2792 are always driven by the FTDI.
2793
2794 If @option{-alias} or @option{-nalias} is used, the signal is created
2795 identical (or with data inverted) to an already specified signal
2796 @var{name}.
2797 @end deffn
2798
2799 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2800 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2801 @itemize @minus
2802 @item @option{0}, drive low
2803 @item @option{1}, drive high
2804 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2805 @end itemize
2806 @end deffn
2807
2808 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2809 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2810 @end deffn
2811
2812 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2813 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2814 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2815 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2816
2817 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2818 processors which are being simulated.
2819
2820 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2821 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2822 sockets instead of TCP.
2823 @end deffn
2824
2825 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2826 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2827 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2831 something like:
2832
2833 @example
2834 interface remote_bitbang
2835 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2836 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2837 @end example
2838
2839 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2840 named mysocket:
2841
2842 @example
2843 interface remote_bitbang
2844 remote_bitbang_port 0
2845 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2846 @end example
2847 @end deffn
2848
2849 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2850 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2851 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2852 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2853
2854 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2855 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2856 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2857 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2858 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2859 @end deffn
2860
2861 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2862 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2863 default values are used.
2864 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2865 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2866 @example
2867 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2868 @end example
2869 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2870 @example
2871 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2872 @end example
2873 @end deffn
2874
2875 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2876 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2877 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2878 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2879
2880 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2881 @example
2882 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2883 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2884 @end example
2885 @end deffn
2886
2887 @end deffn
2888
2889 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2890 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2891 This has one driver-specific command:
2892
2893 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2894 Display either the address of the I/O port
2895 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2896 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2897 This is a write-once setting.
2898 @end deffn
2899 @end deffn
2900
2901 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2902 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports JTAG and SWD transports.
2903
2904 @quotation Compatibility Note
2905 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2906 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2907 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2908 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2909 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2910 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2911 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2912 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2913 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2914 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2915 @end quotation
2916
2917 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2918 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2919 @end deffn
2920 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2921 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2922 @end deffn
2923 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2924 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2925 @end deffn
2926 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2927 Display the J-Link configuration.
2928 @end deffn
2929 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2930 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2931 @end deffn
2932 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2933 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2934 @end deffn
2935 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2936 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2937 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2938 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2939 @end deffn
2940 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2941 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2942 @end deffn
2943 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2944 Reset the current configuration.
2945 @end deffn
2946 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2947 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2948 @end deffn
2949 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2950 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2951 @end deffn
2952 @end deffn
2953
2954 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2955 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2956 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2957 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2958 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2959
2960 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2961 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2962 This is a write-once setting.
2963 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2964
2965 @itemize @minus
2966 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2967 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2968 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2969 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2970 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2971 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2972 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2973 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2974 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2975 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2976 some versions of
2977 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2978 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2979 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2980 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2981 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2982 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2983 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2984 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2985 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2986 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2987 @end itemize
2988 @end deffn
2989
2990 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2991 Display either the address of the I/O port
2992 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2993 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2994 This is a write-once setting.
2995
2996 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2997 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2998 you may encounter a problem.
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
3002 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
3003 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
3004 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
3005 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
3006 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
3007
3008 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
3009 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
3010 @quotation Tip
3011 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
3012 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
3013 @example
3014 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3015 > adapter_khz 500
3016 @end example
3017 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3018 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3019 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3020 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3021 large set of samples.
3022 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3023 @example
3024 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3025 @end example
3026 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3027 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3028
3029 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3030 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3031 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3032 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3033 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3034 @end quotation
3035 @end deffn
3036
3037 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3038 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3039 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3040 @end deffn
3041
3042 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3043 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3044
3045 @example
3046 interface parport
3047 parport_port 0x278
3048 parport_cable wiggler
3049 @end example
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3053 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3054 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3055 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3056 @end deffn
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3060 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3061 @end deffn
3062
3063 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3064 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3068 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3069
3070 @quotation Note
3071 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3072 which are not currently documented here.
3073 @end quotation
3074 @end deffn
3075
3076 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3077 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3078 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3079 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3080
3081 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3082 STLINK firmware version >= V2.J21.S4 recommended due to issues with earlier
3083 versions of firmware where serial number is reset after first use. Suggest
3084 using ST firmware update utility to upgrade STLINK firmware even if current
3085 version reported is V2.J21.S4.
3086
3087 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3088 Currently Not Supported.
3089 @end deffn
3090
3091 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3092 Specifies the serial number of the adapter.
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3096 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3097 @end deffn
3098
3099 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3100 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3101 @end deffn
3102
3103 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3104 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3105 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3106 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3107 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3108 @end deffn
3109 @end deffn
3110
3111 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3112 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3113 @end deffn
3114
3115 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3116 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3117 @end deffn
3118
3119 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3120 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3121 @end deffn
3122
3123 @quotation Note
3124 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3125 which are not currently documented here.
3126 @end quotation
3127
3128 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3129 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3130 No arguments: print status.
3131 @end deffn
3132
3133 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3134 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3135 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3136
3137 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3138 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3139 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3140 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3141 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3142 configuration on exit.
3143
3144 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3145 pinout.
3146
3147 @end deffn
3148
3149 @section Transport Configuration
3150 @cindex Transport
3151 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3152 and the debug adapter you are using,
3153 several transports may be available to
3154 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3155 @deffn Command {transport list}
3156 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3157 version of OpenOCD.
3158 @end deffn
3159
3160 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3161 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3162 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3163 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3164 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3165 @end deffn
3166
3167 @subsection JTAG Transport
3168 @cindex JTAG
3169 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3170 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3171 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3172 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3173 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3174 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3175 @subsection SWD Transport
3176 @cindex SWD
3177 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3178 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3179 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3180 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3181 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3182 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3183 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3184 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3185 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3186 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3187 expected to change.
3188 @end deffn
3189 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3190 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3191 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3192 No parameters: displays current settings.
3193 @end deffn
3194
3195 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3196 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3197 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3198 compilant debuggers.
3199
3200 @subsection SPI Transport
3201 @cindex SPI
3202 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3203 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3204 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3205 solution for flash programming.
3206
3207 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3208 @section JTAG Speed
3209 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3210 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3211 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3212 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3213 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3214 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3215 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3216 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3217 power management software that may be active.
3218
3219 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3220 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3221 target event handler.
3222 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3223 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3224 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3225 sets up those clocks).
3226 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3227 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3228 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3229 in the target config file.
3230 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3231 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3232 config file instead.
3233 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3234 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3235 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3236
3237 @example
3238 jtag_rclk 3000
3239 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3240 @end example
3241
3242 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3243 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3244 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3245 may not be the fastest solution.
3246
3247 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3248 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3249 which support adaptive clocking.
3250
3251 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3252 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3253 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3254 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3255 than the speed specified.
3256
3257 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3258 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3259 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3260 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3261
3262 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3263 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3264 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3265 JTAG clocking after setup.
3266 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3267 If the interface device can not
3268 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3269 @end deffn
3270
3271 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3272 @cindex adaptive clocking
3273 @cindex RTCK
3274 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3275 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3276 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3277 @example
3278 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3279 jtag_rclk 3000
3280 @end example
3281 @end defun
3282
3283 @node Reset Configuration
3284 @chapter Reset Configuration
3285 @cindex Reset Configuration
3286
3287 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3288 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3289 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3290 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3291 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3292 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3293 Please see the various board files for examples.
3294
3295 @quotation Note
3296 To maintainers and integrators:
3297 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3298 Normally the board configuration file
3299 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3300 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3301
3302 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3303 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3304 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3305 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3306 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3307 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3308 @end quotation
3309
3310 @section Types of Reset
3311
3312 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3313 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3314 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3315
3316 @itemize @bullet
3317 @item
3318 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3319 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3320 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3321 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3322 @item
3323 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3324 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3325 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3326 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3327 @item
3328 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3329 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3330 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3331 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3332 @item
3333 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3334 several other types of reset.
3335 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3336 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3337 There may be individual module resets.
3338 @end itemize
3339
3340 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3341 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3342 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3343 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3344 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3345 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3346 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3347 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3348 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3349
3350 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3351 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3352
3353 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3354 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3355 common issues are:
3356
3357 @itemize @bullet
3358
3359 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3360 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3361 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3362 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3363 when either of those signals is not connected.
3364 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3365 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3366 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3367 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3368
3369 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3370 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3371 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3372 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3373
3374 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3375 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3376 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3377 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3378 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3379 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3380 hardware debouncing.
3381 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3382 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3383
3384 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3385 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3386 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3387 to use push/pull output drivers.
3388 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3389 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3390 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3391 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3392
3393 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3394 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3395 issues (not limited to errata).
3396 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3397 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3398 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3399 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3400 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3401 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3402 @end itemize
3403
3404 There can also be other issues.
3405 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3406 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3407 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3408 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3409 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3410 Agreement (NDA).
3411
3412 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3413 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3414 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3415
3416 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3417 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3418
3419 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3420
3421 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3422 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3423 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3424 allowing it to be deasserted.
3425 @end deffn
3426
3427 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3428 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3429 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3430 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3431 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3432 @end deffn
3433
3434 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3435 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3436 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3437 allowing it to be deasserted.
3438 @end deffn
3439
3440 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3441 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3442 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3443 @end deffn
3444
3445 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3446 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3447 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3448 configuration scripts.
3449
3450 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3451 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3452 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3453 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3454 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3455 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3456 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3457 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3458
3459 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3460 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3461 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3462 -- may be specified at a time.
3463 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3464 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3465 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3466 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3467 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3468
3469 @itemize
3470 @item
3471 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3472 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3473 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3474 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3475 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3476
3477 @quotation Tip
3478 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3479 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3480 @end quotation
3481
3482 @item
3483 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3484 signal implementations.
3485 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3486 indicating everything behaves normally.
3487 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3488 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3489 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3490 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3491 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3492 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3493 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3494
3495 @item
3496 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3497 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3498 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3499 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3500 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3501 while SRST is asserted.
3502 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3503 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3504
3505 @item
3506 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3507 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3508 is required to use this option.
3509 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3510 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3511 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3512 be asserted before any target connection.
3513 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3514 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3515 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3516 @end itemize
3517
3518 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3519 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3520 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3521 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3522 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3523
3524 @itemize
3525 @item
3526 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3527 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3528 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3529 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3530
3531 @item
3532 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3533 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3534 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3535 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3536 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3537 @end itemize
3538 @end deffn
3539
3540 @section Custom Reset Handling
3541 @cindex events
3542
3543 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3544 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3545 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3546 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3547 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3548 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3549
3550 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3551 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3552 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3553 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3554 want to reset everything at once.
3555
3556 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3557 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3558 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3559 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3560 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3561 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3562 needs special attention.
3563
3564 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3565 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3566 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3567 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3568 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3569 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3570 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3571 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3572
3573 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3574 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3575 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3576 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3577 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3578
3579 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3580 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3581 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3582 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3583 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3584 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3585 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3586 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3587 or potentially some other value.
3588
3589 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3590 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3591 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3592 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3593 (or their associated targets)
3594 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3595
3596 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3597 they return.
3598 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3599 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3600 @end deffn
3601
3602 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3603 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3604 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3605 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3606 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3607 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3608 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3609 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3610 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3611 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3612 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3613 @end deffn
3614
3615 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3616 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3617 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3618 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3619 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3620 @end deffn
3621
3622
3623 @node TAP Declaration
3624 @chapter TAP Declaration
3625 @cindex TAP declaration
3626 @cindex TAP configuration
3627
3628 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3629 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3630
3631 @itemize @bullet
3632 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3633 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3634 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3635 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3636 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3637 start running that code.
3638 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3639 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3640 and missing connections.
3641 @end itemize
3642
3643 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3644 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3645 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3646 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3647 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3648
3649 @section Scan Chains
3650 @cindex scan chain
3651
3652 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3653 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3654 They also need to be added to
3655 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3656 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3657 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3658 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3659 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3660 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3661 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3662 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3663
3664 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3665 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3666 command, presented in the next chapter.
3667 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3668 debugging targets.)
3669 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3670
3671 @verbatim
3672 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3673 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3674 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3675 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3676 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3677 @end verbatim
3678
3679 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3680 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3681 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3682 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3683 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3684 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3685 until they are told to do so.
3686
3687 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3688 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3689 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3690 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3691
3692 @example
3693 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3694 @end example
3695
3696 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3697 by a given chip.
3698 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3699 and so forth.
3700 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3701 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3702 both inside a single chip and between them.
3703 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3704
3705 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3706 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3707 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3708 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3709 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3710 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3711 includes commands something like this:
3712
3713 @example
3714 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3715 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3716 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3717 @end example
3718
3719 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3720 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3721 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3722
3723 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3724 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3725 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3726 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3727 @example
3728 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3729 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3730 @}
3731 @end example
3732 @end deffn
3733
3734 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3735 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3736 and their status.
3737 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3738 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3739 but systems with a JTAG router can
3740 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3741 @end deffn
3742
3743 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3744 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3745
3746 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3747 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3748
3749 @section TAP Names
3750 @cindex dotted name
3751
3752 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3753 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3754 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3755 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3756 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3757 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3758 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3759 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3760
3761 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3762 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3763 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3764
3765 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3766
3767 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3768 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3769 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3770 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3771
3772 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3773 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3774 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3775 overridable.
3776
3777 @cindex TAP naming convention
3778 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3779 and should follow this convention:
3780
3781 @itemize @bullet
3782 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3783 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3784 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3785 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3786 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3787 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3788 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3789 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3790 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3791 with a single TAP;
3792 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3793 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3794 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3795 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3796 @end itemize
3797
3798 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3799
3800 @itemize @bullet
3801 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3802 @*The length in bits of the
3803 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3804 @end itemize
3805
3806 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3807
3808 @itemize @bullet
3809 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3810 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3811 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3812 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3813 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3814 (the TAP is linked in).
3815 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3816 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3817 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3818 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3819 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3820 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3821 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3822 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3823 values that were found but not included in the list.
3824
3825 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3826 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3827 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3828 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3829 hardware to find these values.
3830 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3831 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3832 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3833 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3834 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3835 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3836 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3837 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3838 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3839 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3840 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3841 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3842 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3843 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3844 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3845 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3846 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3847 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3848 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3849 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3850 @end itemize
3851 @end deffn
3852
3853 @section Other TAP commands
3854
3855 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3856 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3857 At this writing this TAP attribute
3858 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3859 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3860 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3861 See the next section for information about the available events.
3862
3863 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3864 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3865 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3866 @end deffn
3867
3868 @section TAP Events
3869 @cindex events
3870 @cindex TAP events
3871
3872 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3873 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3874 The other applies to debugger targets,
3875 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3876
3877 The TAP events currently defined are:
3878
3879 @itemize @bullet
3880 @item @b{post-reset}
3881 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3882 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3883 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3884 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3885 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3886
3887 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3888 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3889 of any particular target.
3890 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3891 @item @b{setup}
3892 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3893 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3894 @item @b{tap-disable}
3895 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3896 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3897 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3898 @item @b{tap-enable}
3899 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3900 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3901 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3902 @end itemize
3903
3904 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3905 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3906 contents to be accurate), you might:
3907
3908 @example
3909 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3910 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3911 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3912 @}
3913 @end example
3914
3915
3916 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3917 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3918 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3919 @cindex jrc
3920
3921 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3922 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3923 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3924 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3925 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3926
3927 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3928 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3929 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3930 be visible.
3931 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3932 ignores, such as:
3933
3934 @itemize
3935 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3936 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3937 TAPs receive new instructions.
3938 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3939 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3940 @end itemize
3941
3942 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3943 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3944 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3945 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3946
3947 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3948 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3949
3950 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3951 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3952 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3953 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3954 should define TAP event handlers using
3955 code that looks something like this:
3956
3957 @example
3958 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3959 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3960 @}
3961 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3962 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3963 @}
3964 @end example
3965
3966 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3967
3968 @example
3969 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3970 @end example
3971
3972 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3973 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3974 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3975 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3976
3977 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3978 If necessary, disables the tap
3979 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3980 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3981 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3982 and "0" if it is disabled.
3983 @end deffn
3984
3985 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3986 If necessary, enables the tap
3987 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3988 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3989 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3990 and "0" if it is disabled.
3991 @end deffn
3992
3993 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3994 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3995 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3996 and "0" if it is disabled.
3997
3998 @quotation Note
3999 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
4000 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
4001 @end quotation
4002 @end deffn
4003
4004 @anchor{autoprobing}
4005 @section Autoprobing
4006 @cindex autoprobe
4007 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
4008
4009 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
4010 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
4011 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
4012 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
4013
4014 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
4015 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
4016 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
4017 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
4018 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
4019 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
4020 right when they come out of reset).
4021
4022 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4023
4024 @example
4025 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4026 reset_config trst_and_srst
4027 jtag_rclk 8
4028 @end example
4029
4030 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4031 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4032
4033 @enumerate
4034 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4035 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4036 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4037 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4038 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4039 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4040 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4041 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4042 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4043 that is discovered.
4044 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4045 register, it will report it.
4046 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4047 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4048 @end enumerate
4049
4050 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4051 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4052 that's a bit more complex:
4053
4054 @example
4055 clock speed 8 kHz
4056 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4057 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4058 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4059 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4060 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4061 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4062 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4063 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4064 @end example
4065
4066 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4067 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4068 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4069 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4070 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4071 and so forth.
4072
4073 @node CPU Configuration
4074 @chapter CPU Configuration
4075 @cindex GDB target
4076
4077 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4078 You can also access these targets without GDB
4079 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4080 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4081 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4082 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4083
4084 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4085 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4086
4087 @section Target List
4088 @cindex target, current
4089 @cindex target, list
4090
4091 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4092 where each member has a name.
4093 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4094 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4095 (plural!) command.
4096 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4097 look like with more than one:
4098 @verbatim
4099 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4100 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4101 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4102 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4103 @end verbatim
4104
4105 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4106 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4107 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4108 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4109 space seen by that current target.
4110 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4111 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4112 are examples; and there are many more.
4113
4114 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4115
4116 @deffn Command {target count}
4117 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4118 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4119 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4120
4121 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4122 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4123 @example
4124 set c [target count]
4125 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4126 # Assuming you have created this function
4127 print_target_details $x
4128 @}
4129 @end example
4130 @end deffn
4131
4132 @deffn Command {target current}
4133 Returns the name of the current target.
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @deffn Command {target names}
4137 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4138 @example
4139 foreach t [target names] @{
4140 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4141 @}
4142 @end example
4143 @end deffn
4144
4145 @deffn Command {target number} number
4146 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4147 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4148
4149 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4150 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4151 @example
4152 set thename [target number $x]
4153 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4154 @end example
4155 @end deffn
4156
4157 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4158 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4159
4160 @deffn Command targets [name]
4161 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4162 command names are singular.}
4163
4164 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4165 targets in a user friendly form.
4166
4167 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4168 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4169 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4170 @end deffn
4171
4172 @section Target CPU Types
4173 @cindex target type
4174 @cindex CPU type
4175
4176 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4177 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4178 when calling @command{target create}.
4179 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4180 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4181 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4182 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4183 what core-specific commands may be available
4184 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4185 and more.
4186
4187 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4188 since there's a command to list them.
4189
4190 @anchor{targettypes}
4191 @deffn Command {target types}
4192 Lists all supported target types.
4193 At this writing, the supported CPU types are:
4194
4195 @itemize @bullet
4196 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4197 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4198 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4199 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4200 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4201 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4202 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4203 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4204 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4205 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4206 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4207 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4208 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4209 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4210 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4211 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4212 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4213 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core
4214 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4215 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4216 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4217 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4218 @itemize @minus
4219 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4220 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4221 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4222 @end itemize
4223 And two debug interfaces cores:
4224 @itemize @minus
4225 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4226 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4227 @end itemize
4228 @end itemize
4229 @end deffn
4230
4231 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4232 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4233 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4234 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4235 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4236 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4237 reflect design generations;
4238 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4239 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4240
4241 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4242 @section Target Configuration
4243
4244 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4245 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4246 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4247 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4248 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4249
4250 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4251 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4252 optional parts.
4253 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4254 command, created as part of target creation.
4255
4256 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4257 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4258 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4259 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4260 to be much more board-specific.
4261 The key steps you use might look something like this
4262
4263 @example
4264 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4265 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4266 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4267 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4268 @end example
4269
4270 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4271 on-chip SRAM.
4272 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4273 writes to target memory;
4274 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4275 GDB memory checksumming;
4276 and more.
4277
4278 @quotation Warning
4279 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4280 inaccessible when application code
4281 (such as an operating system)
4282 enables or disables the MMU.
4283 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4284 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4285 easy access to other addresses needed.
4286 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4287 @end quotation
4288
4289 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4290 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4291 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4292 controllers.
4293 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4294 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4295 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4296
4297 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4298 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4299 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4300 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4301 purposes including additional configuration.
4302
4303 @itemize @bullet
4304 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4305 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4306 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4307 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4308
4309 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4310 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4311 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4312 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4313 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4314 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4315 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4316
4317 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4318 @end itemize
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4322 The options accepted by this command may also be
4323 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4324 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4325 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4326
4327 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4328 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4329 and changing its endianness.
4330
4331 @itemize @bullet
4332
4333 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4334 used to access this target.
4335
4336 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4337 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4338
4339 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4340 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4341 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4342 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4343 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4344 same event name assigns only one handler.
4345
4346 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4347 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4348 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4349 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4350 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4351 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4352 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4353
4354 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4355 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4356 or virtual address is being used.
4357
4358 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4359 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4360
4361 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4362 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4363 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4364 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4365 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4366
4367 @anchor{rtostype}
4368 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4369 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4370 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4371 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4372
4373 @end itemize
4374 @end deffn
4375
4376 @section Other $target_name Commands
4377 @cindex object command
4378
4379 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4380 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4381
4382 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4383 Once a button is created a button
4384 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4385 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4386 configure it like this:
4387
4388 @example
4389 # Create
4390 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4391 # Modify
4392 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4393 # Query
4394 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4395 # Report
4396 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4397 @end example
4398
4399 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4400 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4401
4402 @example
4403 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4404 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4405 @end example
4406
4407 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4408
4409 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4410 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4413 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4414 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4415 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4416 They are not otherwise documented here.
4417 @end deffn
4418
4419 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4420 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4421 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4422 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4423 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4424 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4425 the target side uses raw memory.
4426
4427 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4428 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4429 The script orientation comes from working with data
4430 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4431 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4432 and neither store nor return those values.
4433
4434 @itemize
4435 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4436 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4437 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4438 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4439 @end itemize
4440 @end deffn
4441
4442 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4443 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4444 @command{$target_name configure}
4445 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4446 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4447 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4448 There are a few special cases:
4449
4450 @itemize @bullet
4451 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4452 event named @var{event_name}.
4453 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4454 two parameters.
4455 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4456 This is a special case because this is set using
4457 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4458 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4459 @end itemize
4460
4461 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4462 all the targets you might use something like this:
4463
4464 @example
4465 foreach name [target names] @{
4466 set y [$name cget -endian]
4467 set z [$name cget -type]
4468 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4469 $x $name $y $z]
4470 @}
4471 @end example
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4475 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4476 Displays the current target state:
4477 @code{debug-running},
4478 @code{halted},
4479 @code{reset},
4480 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4481 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4482 @end deffn
4483
4484 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4485 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4486 currently associated with this target.
4487 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4491 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4492 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4493 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4494 @end deffn
4495
4496 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4497 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4498 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4499 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4500 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4501 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4502 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4503 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4504 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4508 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4509 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4510 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4511 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4512 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4513 @end deffn
4514
4515 @anchor{targetevents}
4516 @section Target Events
4517 @cindex target events
4518 @cindex events
4519 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4520 For example:
4521 @itemize @bullet
4522 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4523 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4524 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4525 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4526 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4527 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4528 to set up system clocks or
4529 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4530 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4531 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4532 @end itemize
4533
4534 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4535 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4536 @command{target create ... -event}.
4537
4538 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4539 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4540 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4541
4542 @example
4543 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4544 echo "Reset..."
4545 reset halt
4546 @}
4547 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4548 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4549 echo "Reset..."
4550 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4551 reset init
4552 @}
4553 @end example
4554
4555 The following target events are defined:
4556
4557 @itemize @bullet
4558 @item @b{debug-halted}
4559 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4560 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4561 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4562 @item @b{early-halted}
4563 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4564 @item @b{examine-start}
4565 @* Before target examine is called.
4566 @item @b{examine-end}
4567 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4568 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4569 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4570 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4571 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4572 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4573 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4574 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4575 @* When GDB disconnects
4576 @item @b{gdb-end}
4577 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4578 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4579 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash (default is
4580 @code{reset init})
4581 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4582 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4583 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4584 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4585 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4586 @* After GDB writes to the flash (default is @code{reset halt})
4587 @item @b{gdb-start}
4588 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4589 @item @b{halted}
4590 @* The target has halted
4591 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4592 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4593 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4594 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4595 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4596 @item @b{reset-assert}
4597 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4598 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4599 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4600 it instead of asserting SRST.
4601 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4602 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4603 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4604 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4605 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4606 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4607 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4608 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4609 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4610 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4611 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4612 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4613 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4614 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4615 released on the scan chain.
4616 @item @b{reset-end}
4617 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4618 @ignore
4619 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4620 @* Currently not used
4621 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4622 @* Currently not used
4623 @end ignore
4624 @item @b{reset-init}
4625 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4626 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4627
4628 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4629 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4630 multiplexing, and so on.
4631 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4632 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4633 @item @b{reset-start}
4634 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4635 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4636
4637 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4638 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4639 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4640 @ignore
4641 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4642 @* Currently not used
4643 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4644 @* Currently not used
4645 @end ignore
4646 @item @b{resume-start}
4647 @* Before any target is resumed
4648 @item @b{resume-end}
4649 @* After all targets have resumed
4650 @item @b{resumed}
4651 @* Target has resumed
4652 @end itemize
4653
4654 @node Flash Commands
4655 @chapter Flash Commands
4656
4657 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4658 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4659 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4660 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4661 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4662 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4663 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4664 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4665 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4666
4667 Flash Steps:
4668 @enumerate
4669 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4670 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4671 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4672 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4673 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4674 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4675 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4676 @item GDB Flashing
4677 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4678 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4679 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4680 @end enumerate
4681
4682 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4683 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4684 so that it can't boot.
4685 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4686 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4687
4688 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4689 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4690 @cindex flash configuration
4691
4692 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4693 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4694 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4695 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4696 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4697 see the driver-specific documentation.
4698
4699 @itemize @bullet
4700 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4701 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4702 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4703 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4704 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4705 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4706 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4707 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4708 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4709 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4710 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4711 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4712 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4713 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4714 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4715 commands to the flash controller.
4716 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4717 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4718 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4719 for more information.
4720 @end itemize
4721 @quotation Note
4722 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4723 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4724 @end quotation
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4728 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4729 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4730 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4731 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4732 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4733 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {flash list}
4737 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4738 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4739 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4743 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4744 depends on the flash type.
4745 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4746 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4747 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4748 but most don't bother.
4749 @end deffn
4750
4751 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4752 @cindex flash erasing
4753 @cindex flash reading
4754 @cindex flash writing
4755 @cindex flash programming
4756 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4757
4758 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4759 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4760 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4761 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4762 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4763
4764 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4765 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4766 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4767 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4768 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4769
4770 @quotation Note
4771 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4772 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4773 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4774 back to a flash bank.
4775 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4776 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4777 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4778 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4779 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4780 @end quotation
4781
4782 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4783 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4784 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4785 disabled first.
4786 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4787 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4788 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4789
4790 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4791 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4792 up to and including @var{last}.
4793 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4794 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4795 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4796 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4800 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4801 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4802 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4803 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4804 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4805 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4806 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4807 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4808 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4809 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4810 before erase starts.
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4814 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4815 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4816 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4817 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4818 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4819 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4820 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4821 before issuing this command.
4822 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4823 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4824 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4825 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4826 @end deffn
4827 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4828
4829 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4830 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4831 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4832 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4836 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4837 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4838 to the base address for each section in the image.
4839 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4840 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4841 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4842 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4843 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4844 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4845 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4846 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4847 each image section.
4848
4849 @quotation Warning
4850 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4851 data you want to preserve.
4852 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4853 sections might be erased with no notice.
4854 @itemize
4855 @item
4856 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4857 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4858 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4859 @item
4860 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4861 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4862 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4863 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4864 @end itemize
4865 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4866 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4867 @end quotation
4868
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @section Other Flash commands
4872 @cindex flash protection
4873
4874 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4875 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4876 and display that status.
4877 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4878 @end deffn
4879
4880 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4881 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4882 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4883 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4884 and possibly stale information.
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @anchor{flashprotect}
4888 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4889 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4890 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4891 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4892 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4893 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4894 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4898 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4899 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4900 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @anchor{program}
4904 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4905 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4906 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4907 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4908 @end deffn
4909
4910 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4911 @section Flash Driver List
4912 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4913 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4914 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4915
4916 @subsection External Flash
4917
4918 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4919 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4920 @cindex CFI
4921 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4922 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4923 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4924 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4925 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4926 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4927 configure a bus and its timings), or
4928 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4929 on the flash chip.
4930 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4931 speed up operation.
4932
4933 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4934
4935 @itemize
4936 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4937 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4938 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4939 @end itemize
4940
4941 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4942 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4943
4944 @example
4945 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4946 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4947 @end example
4948
4949 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4950 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4951 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4952
4953 @example
4954 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4955 @end example
4956
4957 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4961 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4962 @cindex SPIFI
4963 @cindex lpcspifi
4964 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4965 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4966 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4967
4968 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4969 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4970 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4971 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4972 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4973
4974 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4975 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4976 are configured by the driver.
4977
4978 @example
4979 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4980 @end example
4981
4982 @end deffn
4983
4984 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4985 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4986 @cindex SMI
4987 @cindex stmsmi
4988 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4989 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4990 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4991 SPI flash devices.
4992 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4993 flash devices can be connected.
4994
4995 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4996 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4997 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4998 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4999 the flash content.
5000
5001 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5002 to identify the memory bank.
5003 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5004 flash size, are detected automatically.
5005
5006 @example
5007 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5008 @end example
5009
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5013
5014 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5015 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5016 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5017 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5018 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5019 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5020
5021 @example
5022 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5023 @end example
5024 @end deffn
5025
5026 @anchor{at91samd}
5027 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91samd
5028 @cindex at91samd
5029
5030 @deffn Command {at91samd chip-erase}
5031 Issues a complete Flash erase via the Device Service Unit (DSU). This can be
5032 used to erase a chip back to its factory state and does not require the
5033 processor to be halted.
5034 @end deffn
5035
5036 @deffn Command {at91samd set-security}
5037 Secures the Flash via the Set Security Bit (SSB) command. This prevents access
5038 to the Flash and can only be undone by using the chip-erase command which
5039 erases the Flash contents and turns off the security bit. Warning: at this
5040 time, openocd will not be able to communicate with a secured chip and it is
5041 therefore not possible to chip-erase it without using another tool.
5042
5043 @example
5044 at91samd set-security enable
5045 @end example
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @end deffn
5049
5050 @anchor{at91sam3}
5051 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5052 @cindex at91sam3
5053 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5054 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5055 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5056 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5057 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5058 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5059 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5060 chips are confirmed.}
5061
5062 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5063 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5064 the following fixed locations:
5065
5066 @example
5067 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5068 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5069 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5070 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5071 @end example
5072
5073 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5074 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5075 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5076
5077 @itemize
5078 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5079 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5080 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5081 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5082 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5083 @end itemize
5084
5085 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5086
5087 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5088 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5089 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5090 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5091 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5092 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5093 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5094
5095 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5096 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5097 @end deffn
5098
5099 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5100 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5101 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5102 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5103 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5104 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5105 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5106 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5110 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5111 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5112 @end deffn
5113 @end deffn
5114
5115 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5116 @cindex at91sam4
5117 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5118 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5119 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5120 @end deffn
5121
5122 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5123 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5124 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5125 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5126 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5127
5128 @example
5129 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5130 @end example
5131
5132 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5133 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5134
5135 @itemize
5136 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5137 @item @var{banks}
5138 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5139 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5140 @item @var{pages_size}
5141 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5142 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5143 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5144 @end itemize
5145
5146 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5147 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5148 will be autoconfigured.
5149 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5150
5151 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5152 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5153 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5154 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5155 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5156
5157 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5158 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5159 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5160 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5161 are not truly general purpose).
5162 @quotation Note
5163 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5164 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5165 @end quotation
5166 @end deffn
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5170 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5171 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5172 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5173 @end deffn
5174
5175 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5176 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5177 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5178 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5179 autoconfigures itself.
5180 @example
5181 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5182 @end example
5183 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5184 supported.}
5185 @end deffn
5186
5187 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5188 All members of the LPC11(x)00 and LPC1300 microcontroller families and most members
5189 of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller families from NXP
5190 include internal flash and use Cortex-M0 (LPC11(x)00), Cortex-M3 (LPC1300, LPC1700,
5191 LPC1800), Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5192
5193 @quotation Note
5194 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5195 driver:
5196 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5197 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5198 @end quotation
5199
5200 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5201 which must appear in the following order:
5202
5203 @itemize
5204 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5205 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5206 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5207 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5208 @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5209 LPC43x[2357])
5210 @option{lpc1100} (LPC11(x)xx and LPC13xx)
5211 or @option{auto} - automatically detects flash variant and size for LPC11(x)00,
5212 LPC1300 and LPC1700
5213 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5214 at which the core is running
5215 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5216 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5217 @quotation Note
5218 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5219 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5220 However, if you do provide it,
5221 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5222 @end quotation
5223 @end itemize
5224
5225 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5226
5227 @example
5228 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5229 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5230 @end example
5231
5232 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5233 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5234 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5235 @end deffn
5236 @end deffn
5237
5238 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5239 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5240 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5241 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5242 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5243 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5244
5245 @example
5246 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5247 @end example
5248 @end deffn
5249
5250 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5251 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5252 from NXP.
5253
5254 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5255 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5256 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5257 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5258 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5259 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5260 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5261 you start the PLL.
5262
5263 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5264
5265 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5266 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5267 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5268
5269 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5270 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5271 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5272 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5273 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5274 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5275 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5276
5277 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5278 @example
5279 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5280 @end example
5281
5282 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5283 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5284 @code{flash banks} command.
5285
5286 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5287 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5288 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5289 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5290 a known signature.
5291 Example:
5292 @example
5293 lpc2900 signature 0
5294 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5295 @end example
5296 @end deffn
5297
5298 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5299 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5300 saves it to a file in binary format.
5301 Example:
5302 @example
5303 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5304 @end example
5305 @end deffn
5306
5307 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5308 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5309 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5310 command:
5311
5312 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5313 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5314 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5315 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5316
5317 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5318 Example:
5319 @example
5320 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5321 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5322 @end example
5323 @end deffn
5324
5325 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5326 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5327 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5328 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5329 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5330 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5331 912 bytes.
5332 @quotation Attention
5333 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5334 @end quotation
5335 Example:
5336 @example
5337 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5338 @end example
5339 @end deffn
5340
5341 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5342 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5343 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5344 after the next power cycle.
5345 @quotation Attention
5346 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5347 @end quotation
5348 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5349 Example:
5350 @example
5351 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5352 flash info 0
5353 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5354 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5355 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5356 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5357 @end example
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5361 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5362 effective after the next power cycle.
5363 @quotation Attention
5364 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5365 @end quotation
5366 Examples:
5367 @example
5368 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5369 @end example
5370 @end deffn
5371 @end deffn
5372
5373 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5374 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5375
5376 @example
5377 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5378 @end example
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5382 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5383 and integrate flash memory.
5384
5385 @example
5386 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5387 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5388 @end example
5389
5390 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5391 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5392 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5393 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5394 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5395 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5396 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5397 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5398 @end deffn
5399 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5400 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5401 This will remove any Code Protection.
5402 @end deffn
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5406 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5407 Texas Instruments
5408 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5409 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5410 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5411 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5412 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5413 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5414
5415 @example
5416 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5417 @end example
5418
5419 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5420 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5421 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5422 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5423 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5424 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5425
5426 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5427 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5428 @quotation Warning
5429 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5430 applied to all of them.
5431 @end quotation
5432 @end deffn
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5436 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5437 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5438 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5439 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5440
5441 @example
5442 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5443 @end example
5444
5445 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5446 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5447 the flash driver.
5448
5449 @example
5450 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5451 @end example
5452
5453 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5454 as per the following example.
5455 @example
5456 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5457 @end example
5458
5459 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5460 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5461 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5462 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5463 are defined:
5464
5465 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5466 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5467 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5471 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5472 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5476 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5477 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5478 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5482 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5483 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5484 @end deffn
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5488 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5489 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5490 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5491 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5492
5493 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5494 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5495 the flash driver.
5496
5497 @example
5498 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5499 @end example
5500
5501 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5502
5503 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5504 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5505 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5509 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5510 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5511 @end deffn
5512 @end deffn
5513
5514 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5515 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5516 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5517 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5518 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5519
5520 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5521 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5522 the flash driver.
5523
5524 @example
5525 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5526 @end example
5527 @end deffn
5528
5529 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5530 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5531 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5532 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5533 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5534
5535 @example
5536 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5537 @end example
5538
5539 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5540 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5541 for the specified flash bank.
5542 @end deffn
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5546 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5547 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5548 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5549 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5550
5551 @example
5552 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5553 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5554 @end example
5555
5556 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5557 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5558 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5559
5560 @itemize @bullet
5561 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5562 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5563 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5564 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5565 @end itemize
5566 @end deffn
5567
5568 @end deffn
5569
5570 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5571 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5572 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5573 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5574
5575 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5576
5577 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5578 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5582 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5586 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5587 the flash clock.
5588 @end deffn
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5592 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5593 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5594
5595 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5596
5597 @itemize
5598 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5599 @end itemize
5600
5601 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5602 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5603 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5604 @example
5605 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5606 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5607 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5608 @end example
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5612 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5613 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5614 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5615 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5616 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5617 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5618
5619 @example
5620 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5621 @end example
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @subsection str9xpec driver
5625 @cindex str9xpec
5626
5627 Here is some background info to help
5628 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5629 the str9:
5630 @enumerate
5631 @item
5632 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5633 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5634 @item
5635 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5636 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5637 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5638 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5639 @end enumerate
5640
5641 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5642 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5643 configured for flash bank 0.
5644 @example
5645 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5646 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5647 jtag_reset 0 1
5648 # turn off target polling
5649 poll off
5650 # disable str9 core
5651 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5652 # read option bytes
5653 str9xpec options_read 0
5654 # re-enable str9 core
5655 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5656 poll on
5657 reset halt
5658 @end example
5659 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5660 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5661 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5662 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5663
5664 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5665 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5666 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5667 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5668 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5669
5670 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5671
5672 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5673 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5674 @end deffn
5675
5676 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5677 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5678 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5679 @end deffn
5680
5681 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5682 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5683 erase the device.
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5687 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5691 Configure str9 boot bank.
5692 @end deffn
5693
5694 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5695 Configure str9 lvd source.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5699 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5703 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5707 Read str9 option bytes.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5711 Write str9 option bytes.
5712 @end deffn
5713
5714 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5715 unlock str9 device.
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @end deffn
5719
5720 @deffn {Flash Driver} nrf51
5721 All members of the nRF51 microcontroller families from Nordic Semiconductor
5722 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0 core.
5723
5724 @example
5725 flash bank $_FLASHNAME nrf51 0 0x00000000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5726 @end example
5727
5728 Some nrf51-specific commands are defined:
5729
5730 @deffn Command {nrf51 mass_erase}
5731 Erases the contents of the code memory and user information
5732 configuration registers as well. It must be noted that this command
5733 works only for chips that do not have factory pre-programmed region 0
5734 code.
5735 @end deffn
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @section mFlash
5739
5740 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5741 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5742
5743 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5744 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5745 address @var{base}.
5746 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5747 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5748
5749 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5750
5751 @example
5752 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5753 @end example
5754
5755 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5756
5757 @example
5758 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5759 @end example
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @subsection mFlash commands
5763 @cindex mFlash commands
5764
5765 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5766 Configure mflash PLL.
5767 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5768 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5769 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5770 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5771 @end deffn
5772
5773 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5774 Configure bootable option.
5775 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5776 (4kB) for boot.
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5780 Configure storage information.
5781 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5782 written.
5783 @end deffn
5784
5785 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5786 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5787 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5788 @end deffn
5789
5790 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5791 Probe mflash.
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5795 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5796 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5797 @end deffn
5798
5799 @node Flash Programming
5800 @chapter Flash Programming
5801
5802 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5803 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5804 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5805
5806 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5807 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5808
5809 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5810 @enumerate
5811 @item 'init' is executed.
5812 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5813 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5814 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5815 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5816 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5817 @end enumerate
5818
5819 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5820
5821 @example
5822 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5823 # are optional parameters
5824 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5825 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5826
5827 # binary files need the flash address passing
5828 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5829 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5830 @end example
5831
5832 @node NAND Flash Commands
5833 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5834 @cindex NAND
5835
5836 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5837 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5838 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5839
5840 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5841 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5842 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5843 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5844 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5845 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5846
5847 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5848 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5849 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5850 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5851 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5852 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5853 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5854 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5855 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5856 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5857
5858 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5859 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5860 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5861 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5862 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5863 every 512 bytes of data.
5864
5865 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5866 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5867 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5868 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5869 ECC mode is used.
5870
5871 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5872 @enumerate
5873 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5874 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5875 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5876 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5877 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5878 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5879 to access that device.
5880 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5881 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5882 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5883 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5884 de-brick a board.
5885 @end enumerate
5886
5887 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5888 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5889 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5890 are only 32 bits wide.
5891 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5892 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5893 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5894 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5895
5896 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5897 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5898 @cindex NAND configuration
5899
5900 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5901 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5902 OpenOCD has initialized.
5903
5904 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5905 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5906 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5907 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5908 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5909 they were a single (larger) device.
5910 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5911 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5912
5913 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5914 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5915 configuration files, not interactively.
5916
5917 @itemize @bullet
5918 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5919 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5920 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5921 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5922 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5923 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5924 commands to the NAND controller.
5925 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5926 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5927 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5928 for more information.
5929 @end itemize
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {nand list}
5933 Prints a summary of each device declared
5934 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5935 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5936 @example
5937 > nand list
5938 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5939 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5940 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5941 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5942 >
5943 @end example
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5947 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5948 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5949 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5950 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5951 it with most other NAND commands.
5952 @end deffn
5953
5954 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5955
5956 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5957 @cindex NAND reading
5958 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5959 starting at the specified offset.
5960 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5961
5962 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5963 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5964
5965 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5966 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5967 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5968
5969 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5970 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5971 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5972 method which handled that error correction.
5973
5974 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5975 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5976 @itemize @bullet
5977 @item no oob_* parameter
5978 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5979 @item @code{oob_raw}
5980 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5981 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5982 spare areas associated with each data page.
5983 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5984 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5985 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5986 @item @code{oob_only}
5987 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5988 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5989 spare areas associated with each data page.
5990 @end itemize
5991 @end deffn
5992
5993 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5994 @cindex NAND erasing
5995 @cindex NAND programming
5996 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5997 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5998 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5999 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6000 If those parameters are not specified,
6001 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
6002 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6003
6004 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
6005 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
6006 block marker.
6007 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
6008 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
6009 @end deffn
6010
6011 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
6012 @cindex NAND writing
6013 @cindex NAND programming
6014 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
6015 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
6016 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
6017 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6018
6019 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6020 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6021
6022 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6023 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
6024 past the end of the device.
6025 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
6026 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
6027 if that's being written.)
6028
6029 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
6030 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
6031 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
6032
6033 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
6034 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
6035 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
6036 @itemize @bullet
6037 @item no oob_* parameter
6038 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6039 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
6040 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6041 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
6042 with hardware-computed ECC data.
6043 @item @code{oob_only}
6044 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
6045 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
6046 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6047 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6048 @item @code{oob_raw}
6049 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6050 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6051 un-altered OOB.
6052 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6053 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6054 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6055 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6056 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6057 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6058 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6059 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6060 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6061 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6062 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6063 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6064 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6065 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6066 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6067 @end itemize
6068 @end deffn
6069
6070 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6071 @cindex NAND verification
6072 @cindex NAND programming
6073 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6074 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6075 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6076
6077 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6078 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6079
6080 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6081 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6082 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6083 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6084 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6085
6086 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6087 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6088 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6089
6090 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6091 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6092 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6093 be removed in a future release.
6094 @end deffn
6095
6096 @section Other NAND commands
6097 @cindex NAND other commands
6098
6099 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6100 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6101 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6102 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6103 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6104 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6105 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6106 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6107
6108 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6109 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6110 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6111 @end deffn
6112
6113 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6114 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6115 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6116 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6117 status for each block.
6118 @end deffn
6119
6120 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6121 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6122 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6123
6124 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6125 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6126 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6127 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6128 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6129
6130 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6131 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6132 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6133 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6134 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6135 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6136 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6137 @end deffn
6138
6139 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6140 @section NAND Driver List
6141 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6142 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6143 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6144
6145 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6146 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6147 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6148 address of the ECC controller.
6149 @example
6150 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6151 @end example
6152 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6153 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6154 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6155 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6156 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6157 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6158 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6159 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6160 @end deffn
6161 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6162 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6163 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6167 properly configured for input or output.
6168 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6169 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6170 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6171 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6172 @end deffn
6173 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6174 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6175 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6176 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6177 @end deffn
6178 @end deffn
6179
6180 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6181 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6182 chips from Texas Instruments.
6183 It takes three extra parameters:
6184 address of the NAND chip;
6185 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6186 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6187 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6188 @example
6189 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6190 @end example
6191 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6192 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6193 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6194 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6195 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6199 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6200 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6201 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6202 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6203 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6204 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6208 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6209 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6210 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6211 @end deffn
6212 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6213
6214 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6215 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6216 should work for this chip aswell.
6217 @end deffn
6218
6219 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6220 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6221 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6222 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6223 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6224 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6225 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6226 @example
6227 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6228 @end example
6229 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6230 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6231 without parameter query status.
6232 @end deffn
6233 @end deffn
6234
6235 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6236 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6237 parameter: the address of the controller.
6238 @example
6239 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6240 @end example
6241 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6242 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6243 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6244 change any behavior.
6245 @end deffn
6246
6247 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6248 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6249 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6250 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6251 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6252 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6253 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6254 specialized commands.
6255 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6256 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6257 change any behavior.
6258 @end deffn
6259
6260 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6261 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6262 @cindex PLD
6263 @cindex FPGA
6264
6265 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6266 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6267 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6268 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6269 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6270 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6271 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6272
6273 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6274
6275 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6276 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6277 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6278
6279 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6280 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6281
6282 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6283 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6284 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6285 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6286 behavior.
6287 @end deffn
6288
6289 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6290 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6291 @end deffn
6292
6293 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6294 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6295 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6296 @end deffn
6297
6298 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6299
6300 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6301 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6302 that particular type of PLD.
6303
6304 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6305 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6306 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6307 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6308 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6309
6310 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6311 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6312 for FPGA @var{num}.
6313 @end deffn
6314 @end deffn
6315
6316 @node General Commands
6317 @chapter General Commands
6318 @cindex commands
6319
6320 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6321 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6322 commands are documented elsewhere.
6323
6324 Intent:
6325 @itemize @bullet
6326 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6327 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6328 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6329 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6330
6331 @item @b{From the human}
6332 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6333 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6334
6335 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6336 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6337 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6338
6339 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6340 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6341 port is 5555.
6342 @end itemize
6343
6344
6345 @section Daemon Commands
6346
6347 @deffn {Command} exit
6348 Exits the current telnet session.
6349 @end deffn
6350
6351 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6352 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6353 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6354 Not every command provides helptext.
6355
6356 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6357 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6358 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6359 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6363 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6364 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6365 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6366 Useful in connection with script files
6367 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6368 @end deffn
6369
6370 @deffn Command shutdown
6371 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6372 @end deffn
6373
6374 @anchor{debuglevel}
6375 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6376 @cindex message level
6377 Display debug level.
6378 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6379 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6380 Level 0 is error messages only;
6381 level 1 adds warnings;
6382 level 2 adds informational messages;
6383 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6384 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6385 the command line along with the location of that log
6386 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6387 @xref{Running}.
6388 @end deffn
6389
6390 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6391 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6392 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6393 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6394 @example
6395 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6396 @end example
6397 @end deffn
6398
6399 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6400 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6401 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6402 @end deffn
6403
6404 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6405 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6406 @end deffn
6407
6408 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6409 @section Target State handling
6410 @cindex reset
6411 @cindex halt
6412 @cindex target initialization
6413
6414 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6415 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6416 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6417 a current target which is used to perform the
6418 various operations. The current target may be changed
6419 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6420 target which should become current.
6421
6422 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6423 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6424 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6425 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6426 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6427
6428 @emph{With no arguments}:
6429 list all available registers for the current target,
6430 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6431 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6432 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6433 are flagged as such.
6434
6435 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6436 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6437 bypassing any internal cache.
6438
6439 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6440 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6441 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6442 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6443 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6444 relevant module will flush such values.
6445
6446 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6447 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6448
6449 @example
6450 > reg
6451 ===== ARM registers
6452 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6453 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6454 (2) r2 (/32)
6455 ...
6456 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6457 >
6458 @end example
6459 @end deffn
6460
6461 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6462 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6463 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6464 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6465 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6466 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6467 (and enter debug mode).
6468 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6469
6470 @quotation Warning
6471 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6472 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6473 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6474 power mode by gating the core clock;
6475 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6476
6477 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6478 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6479 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6480 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6481 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6482 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6483
6484 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6485 work with a JTAG debugger.
6486 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6487 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6488 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6489 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6490 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6491 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6492 @end quotation
6493
6494 @end deffn
6495
6496 @deffn Command resume [address]
6497 Resume the target at its current code position,
6498 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6499 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command step [address]
6503 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6504 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @anchor{resetcommand}
6508 @deffn Command reset
6509 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6510 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6511 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6512 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6513 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6514 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6515
6516 The optional parameter specifies what should
6517 happen after the reset.
6518 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6519 The other options will not work on all systems.
6520 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6521
6522 @itemize @minus
6523 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6524 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6525 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6526 @end itemize
6527 @end deffn
6528
6529 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6530 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6531 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6532 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6533 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6534 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6535 state.
6536 @end deffn
6537
6538 @section I/O Utilities
6539
6540 These commands are available when
6541 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6542 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6543 notably the ZY1000.
6544 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6545
6546 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6547
6548 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6549 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6550 the text file @file{filename}.
6551 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6552 The last string is followed by a newline.
6553 @end deffn
6554
6555 @deffn Command cat filename
6556 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6557 @end deffn
6558
6559 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6560 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6561 into @file{dest_filename}.
6562 @end deffn
6563
6564 @deffn Command ip
6565 @emph{No description provided.}
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command ls
6569 @emph{No description provided.}
6570 @end deffn
6571
6572 @deffn Command mac
6573 @emph{No description provided.}
6574 @end deffn
6575
6576 @deffn Command meminfo
6577 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6578 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6579 @end deffn
6580
6581 @deffn Command peek
6582 @emph{No description provided.}
6583 @end deffn
6584
6585 @deffn Command poke
6586 @emph{No description provided.}
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command rm filename
6590 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6591 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6592 @end deffn
6593
6594 @deffn Command trunc filename
6595 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6596 @end deffn
6597
6598 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6599 @section Memory access commands
6600 @cindex memory access
6601
6602 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6603 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6604 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6605 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6606
6607 @enumerate
6608 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6609 to change the current target.
6610 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6611 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6612 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6613 @end enumerate
6614
6615 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6616 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6617 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6618 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6619 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6620 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6621 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6622 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6623 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6624 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6625 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6626 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6627 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6628 @end deffn
6629
6630 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6631 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6632 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6633 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6634 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6635 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6636 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6637 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6638 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6639 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6640 @end deffn
6641
6642 @anchor{imageaccess}
6643 @section Image loading commands
6644 @cindex image loading
6645 @cindex image dumping
6646
6647 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6648 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6649 binary file named @var{filename}.
6650 @end deffn
6651
6652 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6653 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6654 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6658 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6659 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6660 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6661 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6662 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6663 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6664 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6665 separately.
6666 @end deffn
6667
6668 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6669 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6670 The file format may optionally be specified
6671 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6672 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6673 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6674 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6675 @example
6676 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6677 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6678 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6679 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6680 @}
6681 @end example
6682 @end deffn
6683
6684 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6685 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6686 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6687 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6688 The file format may optionally be specified
6689 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6690 @end deffn
6691
6692 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6693 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6694 The file format may optionally be specified
6695 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6696 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6697 @end deffn
6698
6699
6700 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6701 @cindex breakpoint
6702 @cindex watchpoint
6703
6704 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6705 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6706 watchpoints.
6707 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6708
6709 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6710 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6711 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6712 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6713 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6714 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6715
6716 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6717 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6721 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6722 @end deffn
6723
6724 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6725 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6726 @end deffn
6727
6728 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6729 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6730 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6731 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6732 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6733 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6734 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6735 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6736 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6737 @end deffn
6738
6739 @section Misc Commands
6740
6741 @cindex profiling
6742 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename [start end]
6743 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6744 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6745 Saves up to 10000 samples in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out''
6746 format. Optional @option{start} and @option{end} parameters allow to
6747 limit the address range.
6748 @end deffn
6749
6750 @deffn Command {version}
6751 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6752 @end deffn
6753
6754 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6755 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6756 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6757 @end deffn
6758
6759 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6760 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6761 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6762 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6763
6764 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6765 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6766 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6767 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6768
6769 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6770 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6771 @cindex tracing
6772 @cindex ETM
6773 @cindex ETB
6774
6775 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6776 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6777 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6778
6779 @itemize
6780 @item
6781 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6782 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6783 supports such an interface.
6784 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6785 and trace port support.)
6786 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6787 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6788 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6789 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6790 in the board-specific configuration file.
6791 @item
6792 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6793 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6794 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6795 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6796 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6797 @end itemize
6798
6799 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6800
6801 @quotation Issues
6802 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6803 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6804
6805 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6806 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6807 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6808 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6809 dummy trace port driver}.
6810
6811 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6812 as well as tracing only during specific states
6813 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6814
6815 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6816 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6817 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6818 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6819 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6820
6821 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6822 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6823 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6824 this original style of JTAG access.
6825 @end quotation
6826
6827 @subsection ETM Configuration
6828 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6829
6830 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6831 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6832 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6833
6834 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6835 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6836 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6837 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6838 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6839 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6840 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6841 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6842 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6843
6844 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6845 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6846 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6847
6848 @quotation Warning
6849 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6850 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6851 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6852 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6853 @end quotation
6854
6855 @quotation Note
6856 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6857 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6858 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6859 what CPU activities are traced.
6860 @end quotation
6861 @end deffn
6862
6863 @deffn Command {etm info}
6864 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6865 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6866 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6867 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6868 @end deffn
6869
6870 @deffn Command {etm status}
6871 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6872 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6873 Did trace data overflow?
6874 Was it triggered?
6875 @end deffn
6876
6877 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6878 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6879 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6880 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6881 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6882
6883 @itemize
6884 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6885 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6886 The value is one of
6887 @option{none} (save nothing),
6888 @option{data} (save data),
6889 @option{address} (save addresses),
6890 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6891 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6892 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6893 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6894 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6895 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6896 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6897 trace stream without an image of the code.
6898 @end itemize
6899 @end deffn
6900
6901 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6902 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6903 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6904 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6905 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6906
6907 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6908 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6909 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6910 @end deffn
6911
6912 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6913
6914 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6915 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6916 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6917
6918 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6919 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6920 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6921 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6922 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6923 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6924 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6925
6926 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6927
6928 @itemize
6929 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6930 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6931 for instruction access within that function's body.
6932 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6933 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6934 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6935 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6936 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6937 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6938 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6939 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6940 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6941 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6942 @item @emph{... more}
6943 @end itemize
6944
6945 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6946 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6947
6948 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6949 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6950 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6951 @end deffn
6952
6953 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6954 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6955 @end deffn
6956
6957 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6958 Opens an image file.
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6962 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6963 @end deffn
6964
6965 @deffn Command {etm start}
6966 Starts trace data collection.
6967 @end deffn
6968
6969 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6970 Stops trace data collection.
6971 @end deffn
6972
6973 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6974 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6975
6976 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6977
6978 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6979 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6980 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6981 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6982 any trace data collection.}
6983 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6984 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6985 @end deffn
6986 @end deffn
6987
6988 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6989 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6990 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6991 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6992 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6993 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6994 @end deffn
6995 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6996 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6997 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6998 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6999 trace trigger becomes active.
7000
7001 @itemize
7002 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
7003 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
7004 afterwards.
7005 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
7006 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
7007 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
7008 what caused that event to happen.
7009 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
7010 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
7011 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
7012 how the event caused trouble.
7013 @end itemize
7014 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
7015 @end deffn
7016
7017 @end deffn
7018
7019 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
7020 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
7021 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
7022 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
7023 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
7024
7025 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7026 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
7027
7028 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
7029 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
7030 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
7031 @end deffn
7032
7033 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
7034 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
7035 @end deffn
7036
7037 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
7038 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
7039 @end deffn
7040 @end deffn
7041
7042
7043 @section Generic ARM
7044 @cindex ARM
7045
7046 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
7047 They are available in addition to other core-specific
7048 commands that may be available.
7049
7050 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7051 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7052 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7053 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7054 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7055 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7056 @end deffn
7057
7058 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7059 @cindex disassemble
7060 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7061 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7062 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7063 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7064 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7065 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7066 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7067
7068 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7069 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7070 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7071 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7072 with a handful of exceptions.
7073 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7074 @end deffn
7075
7076 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7077 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7078 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7079 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7080 and using the MCR instruction.
7081 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7082 an ARM register.)
7083 @end deffn
7084
7085 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7086 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7087 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7088 and the MRC instruction.
7089 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7090 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7091 an ARM register.)
7092 @end deffn
7093
7094 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7095 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7096 core mode if necessary.
7097 @end deffn
7098
7099 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7100 @cindex ARM semihosting
7101 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7102
7103 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7104 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7105 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7106 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7107 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7108 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7109 @end deffn
7110
7111 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7112 @cindex ARMv4
7113 @cindex ARMv5
7114
7115 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7116 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7117 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7118 variant.
7119
7120 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7121 @cindex ARM7
7122 @cindex ARM9
7123
7124 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7125 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7126 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7127 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7128
7129 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7130 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7131 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7132 instead of breakpoints.
7133 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7134
7135 This should be
7136 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7137 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7138 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7139 @end deffn
7140
7141 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7142 @cindex DCC
7143 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7144 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7145 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7146
7147 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7148 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7149 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7150 @end deffn
7151
7152 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7153 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7154 that don't check completion of the operation.
7155 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7156
7157 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7158 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7159 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7160 @end deffn
7161
7162 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7163 @cindex ARM720T
7164
7165 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7166 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7167 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7168 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7169
7170 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7171 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7172 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7173
7174 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7175 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7176 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7177 @end deffn
7178
7179 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7180 @cindex ARM9
7181
7182 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7183 integer processors.
7184 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7185
7186 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7187 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7188 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7189 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7190
7191 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7192 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7193 @cindex vector_catch
7194 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7195 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7196 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7197 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7198 to those hardware vectors.
7199
7200 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7201 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7202 vector catch hardware to intercept
7203 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7204 @option{none} of them,
7205 or a list with one or more of the following:
7206 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7207 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7208 @end deffn
7209
7210 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7211 @cindex ARM920T
7212
7213 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7214 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7215 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7216 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7217 and ARM9 commands.
7218
7219 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7220 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7221 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7222 @end deffn
7223
7224 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7225 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7226 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7227 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7228 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7229 (Not all registers can be written.)
7230 @end deffn
7231
7232 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7233 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7234 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7235
7236 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7237 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7238 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7239 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7240 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7241 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7242 @end deffn
7243
7244 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7245 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7246 @end deffn
7247
7248 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7249 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7250 @end deffn
7251
7252 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7253 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7254
7255 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7256 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7257 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7258 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7259 and ARM9 commands.
7260
7261 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7262 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7263
7264 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7265 Print information about the caches found.
7266 @end deffn
7267
7268 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7269 @cindex ARM966E
7270
7271 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7272 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7273 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7274 and ARM9 commands.
7275
7276 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7277 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7278 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7279 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7280 ARM966E-S TRM.
7281 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7282 as required for BIST support.
7283 @end deffn
7284
7285 @subsection XScale specific commands
7286 @cindex XScale
7287
7288 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7289
7290 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7291 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7292 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7293 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7294 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7295 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7296 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7297
7298 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7299 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7300 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7301 the mini-IC.
7302
7303 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7304 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7305 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7306 code layout in memory:
7307 @example
7308 _vectors:
7309 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7310 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7311 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7312 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7313 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7314 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7315 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7316 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7317 .org 0x100
7318 .long real_reset_vector
7319 .long real_ui_handler
7320 .long real_swi_handler
7321 .long real_pf_abort
7322 .long real_data_abort
7323 .long 0 /* unused */
7324 .long real_irq_handler
7325 .long real_fiq_handler
7326 @end example
7327
7328 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7329 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7330 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7331 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7332 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7333 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7334 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7335 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7336 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7337 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7338 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7339 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7340 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7341 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7342 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7343 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7344 software.
7345
7346 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7347 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7348 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7349 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7350
7351 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7352 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7353 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7354 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7355 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7356 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7357 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7358 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7359 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7360
7361 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7362 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7363
7364 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7365 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7366 @end deffn
7367
7368 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7369 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7370 @end deffn
7371
7372 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7373 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7374 @end deffn
7375
7376 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7377 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7378 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7379 @end deffn
7380
7381 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7382 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7383 @end deffn
7384
7385 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7386 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7387 @end deffn
7388
7389 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7390 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7391 @end deffn
7392
7393 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7394 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7395 @end deffn
7396
7397 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7398 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7399 @end deffn
7400
7401 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7402 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7403 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7404 and modifying how it is emptied.
7405 @end deffn
7406
7407 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7408 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7409 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7410 The image @var{type} may be one of
7411 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7412 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7413 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7414 @end deffn
7415
7416 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7417 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7418 @cindex vector_catch
7419 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7420 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7421
7422 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7423 @example
7424 0x01 Trap Reset
7425 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7426 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7427 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7428 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7429 0x20 reserved
7430 0x40 Trap IRQ
7431 0x80 Trap FIQ
7432 @end example
7433 @end deffn
7434
7435 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7436 @cindex vector_table
7437
7438 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7439 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7440 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7441 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7442 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7443
7444 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7445
7446 @end deffn
7447
7448 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7449 @cindex ARMv6
7450
7451 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7452 @cindex ARM11
7453
7454 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7455 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7456 which is enabled by default.
7457 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7458 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7459 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7460 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7461 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7462 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7463 @end deffn
7464
7465 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7466 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7467 which is enabled by default.
7468 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7469 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7470 @end deffn
7471
7472 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7473 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7474 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7475 they are disabled by default.
7476 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7477 @end deffn
7478
7479 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7480 @cindex vector_catch
7481 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7482 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7483 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7484
7485 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7486 for certain hardware events.
7487 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7488 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7489 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7490 @end deffn
7491
7492 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7493 @cindex ARMv7
7494
7495 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7496 @cindex Debug Access Port
7497 @cindex DAP
7498 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7499 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7500 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7501
7502 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7503 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7504 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7505 @end deffn
7506
7507 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7508 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7509 @end deffn
7510
7511 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7512 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7513 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7514 @end deffn
7515
7516 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7517 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7518 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7519 @end deffn
7520
7521 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7522 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7523 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7524 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7525 @end deffn
7526
7527 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7528 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7529 Defaulting to 0.
7530 @end deffn
7531
7532 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7533 @cindex Cortex-M
7534
7535 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7536 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7537
7538 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7539 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7540 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7541 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7542 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7543 the step command leaves with the core running.
7544
7545 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7546 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7547 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7548
7549 Default is @option{auto}.
7550 @end deffn
7551
7552 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7553 @cindex vector_catch
7554 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7555 for certain hardware events.
7556
7557 Parameters request interception of
7558 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7559 @option{none} of them,
7560 or one or more of the following:
7561 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7562 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7563 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7564 @option{irq_err},
7565 @option{state_err},
7566 @option{chk_err}, or
7567 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7568 @option{reset}.
7569 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7570 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7571 are mapped to HardFault.
7572 UsageFault checks for
7573 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7574 must also be explicitly enabled.
7575
7576 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7577 @end deffn
7578
7579 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7580 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7581 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7582 @itemize @minus
7583 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7584 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7585 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7586 @end itemize
7587 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7588 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7589 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7590 the peripherals.
7591 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7592 @end deffn
7593
7594 @section Intel Architecture
7595
7596 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7597 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7598 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7599 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7600 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7601 @itemize
7602 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7603 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7604 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7605 @end itemize
7606
7607 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7608 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7609 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7610
7611 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7612 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7613 @end deffn
7614
7615 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7616 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7617 @end deffn
7618
7619 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7620 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7621 @end deffn
7622
7623 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7624 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7625 @end deffn
7626
7627 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7628 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7629 @end deffn
7630
7631 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7632 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7633 @end deffn
7634
7635 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7636
7637 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7638 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7639
7640 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7641 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7642 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7643 @end deffn
7644 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7645 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7646
7647 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7648
7649 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7650 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7651 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7652 @end deffn
7653
7654 @subsection Registers commands
7655 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7656 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7657 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7658
7659 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7660
7661 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7662 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7663 and "timer" groups.
7664
7665 @emph{example:}
7666 @example
7667 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7668 @end example
7669
7670
7671 @end deffn
7672 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7673 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7674
7675 @emph{group} can be "system",
7676 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7677 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7678 @end deffn
7679
7680 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7681 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7682 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7683 @cindex tracing
7684 @cindex libdcc
7685 @cindex DCC
7686 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7687 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7688 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7689 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7690
7691 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7692 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7693 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7694 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7695 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7696 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7697
7698 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7699 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7700 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7701 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7702 The target being debugged may
7703 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7704 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7705 each supported by a command:
7706
7707 @itemize
7708 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7709 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7710 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7711 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7712
7713 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7714 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7715 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7716
7717 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7718 and then displayed at any time.
7719 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7720
7721 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7722 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7723 @end itemize
7724
7725 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7726 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7727 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7728 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7729 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7730 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7731 does the same thing.
7732
7733 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7734 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7735 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7736 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7737 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7738
7739 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7740 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7741 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7742 @end deffn
7743
7744 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7745 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7746 in the order they triggered.
7747 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7748 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7749 history records.
7750 @end deffn
7751
7752 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7753 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7754 they have been triggered.
7755 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7756 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7757 and associates it with that identifier.
7758
7759 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7760 are not related except by this command.
7761 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7762 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7763 @end deffn
7764
7765
7766 @node JTAG Commands
7767 @chapter JTAG Commands
7768 @cindex JTAG Commands
7769 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7770 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7771 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7772 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7773 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7774
7775 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7776 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7777
7778 @itemize @bullet
7779 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7780 devices such as a CPUs.
7781 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7782 standard state machine (in parallel)
7783 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7784 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7785 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7786 while the reading previous ones.
7787 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7788 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7789 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7790 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7791 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7792 registers.
7793 @end itemize
7794
7795 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7796
7797 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7798 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7799 the order of TAP state transitions.
7800 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7801 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7802 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7803 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7804 these commands are not available.
7805
7806 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7807 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7808 that specify the entire register.
7809 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7810 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7811 The return value holds the original value of each
7812 of those fields.
7813
7814 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7815 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7816 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7817 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7818 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7819
7820 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7821 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7822
7823 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7824 in that state.
7825 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7826 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7827 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7828
7829 @quotation Warning
7830 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7831 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7832 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7833 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7834 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7835 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7836 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7837 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7838 @end quotation
7839 @end deffn
7840
7841 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7842 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7843 This may be used for performance tuning.
7844
7845 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7846 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7847 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7848 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7849 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7850 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7851 @end deffn
7852
7853 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7854 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7855 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7856 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7857 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7858 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7859
7860 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7861 in that state.
7862 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7863 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7864 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7865
7866 @quotation Note
7867 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7868 register values, unlike data register values.
7869 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7870 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7871 @end quotation
7872 @end deffn
7873
7874 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7875 Set values of reset signals.
7876 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7877 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7878 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7879 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7880 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7881 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7882 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7883
7884 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7885 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7886 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7887 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7888 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7889 instead of the TRST signal.
7890 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7891 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7892 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7893 with handlers for that event.
7894 @end deffn
7895
7896 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7897 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7898 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7899 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7900 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7901 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7902 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7903 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7904 The final state must also be stable.
7905 @end deffn
7906
7907 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7908 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7909 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7910 Instructions often need some time
7911 to execute before they take effect.
7912 @end deffn
7913
7914 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7915 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7916
7917 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7918 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7919 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7920 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7921 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7922 @end deffn
7923
7924 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7925 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7926 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7927 must also be enabled.
7928 Default is enabled.
7929 @end deffn
7930
7931 @section TAP state names
7932 @cindex TAP state names
7933
7934 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7935 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7936 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7937 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7938
7939 @itemize @bullet
7940 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7941 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7942 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7943 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7944 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7945 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7946 through the data register
7947 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7948 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7949 for update or more shifting
7950 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7951 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7952 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7953 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7954 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7955 through the instruction register
7956 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7957 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7958 for update or more shifting
7959 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7960 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7961 @end itemize
7962
7963 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7964 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7965 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7966 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7967
7968 @itemize @bullet
7969 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7970 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7971 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7972 may not be as expected.
7973 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7974 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7975 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7976 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7977 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7978 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7979 @end itemize
7980
7981 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7982 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7983
7984 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7985 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7986 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7987 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7988
7989 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7990 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7991 @cindex SVF
7992
7993 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7994 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7995 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7996 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7997
7998 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7999 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8000 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
8001 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8002 each command is logged before it is executed.
8003 @end deffn
8004
8005 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8006 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8007 @cindex XSVF
8008
8009 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
8010 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
8011 Xilinx devices.
8012 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8013 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8014
8015 @quotation Important
8016 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
8017 @end quotation
8018
8019 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
8020 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8021 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
8022 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
8023 that TAP.
8024 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
8025 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
8026 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8027 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
8028 @end deffn
8029
8030 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
8031 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
8032 after building the software.
8033 You may find them useful:
8034
8035 @itemize
8036 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
8037 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
8038 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
8039 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
8040 @end itemize
8041
8042 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
8043 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
8044 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
8045 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
8046 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
8047 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
8048 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8049
8050
8051 @node Utility Commands
8052 @chapter Utility Commands
8053 @cindex Utility Commands
8054
8055 @section RAM testing
8056 @cindex RAM testing
8057
8058 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8059 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8060 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8061 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8062 hardware problems.
8063
8064 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8065 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8066 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8067 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8068
8069 Load the memory testing functions with
8070
8071 @example
8072 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8073 @end example
8074
8075 to get access to the following facilities:
8076
8077 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8078 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8079 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8080 @end deffn
8081
8082 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8083 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8084 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8085 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8086 @end deffn
8087
8088 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8089 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8090 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8091 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8092 @end deffn
8093
8094 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8095 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8096 @end deffn
8097
8098 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8099 @cindex Firmware recovery
8100
8101 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8102 devices recovery with JTAG.
8103
8104 For quickstart instructions run:
8105 @example
8106 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8107 @end example
8108
8109 @node TFTP
8110 @chapter TFTP
8111 @cindex TFTP
8112 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8113 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8114
8115 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8116 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8117 server (tftpd). For example,
8118
8119 @example
8120 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8121 @end example
8122
8123 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8124 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8125
8126 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8127 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8128 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8129 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8130
8131 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8132 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8133 @cindex GDB
8134 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8135 to debug remote targets.
8136 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8137
8138 @itemize
8139 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8140 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8141 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8142 as shown in this chapter.
8143 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8144 that also will probably need to be configured.
8145 @end itemize
8146
8147 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8148 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8149 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8150 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8151 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8152 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8153
8154 @section Connecting to GDB
8155 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8156 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8157 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8158 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8159 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8160
8161 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8162
8163 @enumerate
8164 @item
8165 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8166 @example
8167 target remote localhost:3333
8168 @end example
8169 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8170
8171 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8172 @example
8173 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8174 @end example
8175 @item
8176 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8177 @example
8178 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8179 @end example
8180 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8181 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8182 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8183 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8184 @end enumerate
8185
8186 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8187 GDB command line.
8188
8189 @section Sample GDB session startup
8190
8191 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8192 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8193 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8194 small ARM program.
8195 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8196 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8197
8198 @example
8199 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8200 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8201 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8202 ...
8203 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8204 ...
8205 (gdb) load
8206 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8207 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8208 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8209 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8210 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8211 (gdb) continue
8212 Continuing.
8213 ...
8214 @end example
8215
8216 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8217 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8218 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8219 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8220
8221 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8222
8223 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8224 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8225 packet size and the device's memory map.
8226 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8227 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8228 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8229
8230 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8231 You may need to set those up by hand.
8232 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8233 something like:
8234
8235 @example
8236 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8237 @end example
8238
8239 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8240
8241 @example
8242 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8243 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8244 @end example
8245
8246 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8247 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8248 do not have such restrictions.
8249
8250 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8251 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8252 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8253
8254 @example
8255 define hook-step
8256 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8257 end
8258 define hookpost-step
8259 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8260 end
8261 @end example
8262
8263 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8264 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8265 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8266 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8267
8268 @section Programming using GDB
8269 @cindex Programming using GDB
8270 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8271
8272 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8273 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8274 @example
8275 gdb_memory_map disable
8276 @end example
8277 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8278 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8279 working area.
8280
8281 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8282 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8283 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8284 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8285
8286 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8287 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8288
8289 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8290 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8291 @example
8292 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8293 @end example
8294
8295 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8296 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8297
8298 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8299 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8300 will be used.
8301
8302 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8303 script can be executed:
8304 @example
8305 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8306 @end example
8307
8308 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8309 can be used.
8310 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8311 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8312 @cindex SMP
8313 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8314 @itemize @bullet
8315 @item j - smp status request
8316 @item J - smp set request
8317 @end itemize
8318
8319 OpenOCD implements :
8320 @itemize @bullet
8321 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8322 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8323 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8324 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8325 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8326 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8327 @end itemize
8328
8329 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8330 @itemize @bullet
8331 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8332 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8333 @example
8334 set $_core 1
8335 #Jc01 packet is sent
8336 print $_core
8337 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8338 @end example
8339
8340 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8341 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8342
8343 @example
8344 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8345 define toggle0
8346 maint packet Jc0
8347 continue
8348 main packet Jc-1
8349 end
8350 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8351 define toggle1
8352 maint packet Jc1
8353 continue
8354 main packet Jc-1
8355 end
8356 @end example
8357 @end itemize
8358
8359 @section RTOS Support
8360 @cindex RTOS Support
8361 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8362
8363 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8364 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8365
8366 @* An example setup is below:
8367
8368 @example
8369 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8370 @end example
8371
8372 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8373
8374 Currently supported rtos's include:
8375 @itemize @bullet
8376 @item @option{eCos}
8377 @item @option{ThreadX}
8378 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8379 @item @option{linux}
8380 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8381 @item @option{embKernel}
8382 @end itemize
8383
8384 @quotation Note
8385 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8386 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8387 @end quotation
8388
8389 @table @code
8390 @item eCos symbols
8391 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8392 @item ThreadX symbols
8393 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8394 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8395 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8396 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8397 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8398 @item linux symbols
8399 init_task.
8400 @item ChibiOS symbols
8401 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8402 @item embKernel symbols
8403 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8404 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8405 @end table
8406
8407 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8408 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8409 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8410
8411 @node Tcl Scripting API
8412 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8413 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8414 @cindex Tcl scripts
8415 @section API rules
8416
8417 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8418 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8419 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8420
8421 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8422 pair list and lists.
8423
8424 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8425 list.
8426
8427 @example
8428 > set foo(me) Duane
8429 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8430 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8431 > set foo(duck) Donald
8432 @end example
8433
8434 If one does this:
8435
8436 @example
8437 > set foo
8438 @end example
8439
8440 The result is:
8441
8442 @example
8443 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8444 @end example
8445
8446 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8447
8448 @verbatim
8449 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8450 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8451 }
8452 @end verbatim
8453
8454 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8455 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8456
8457 @section Internal low-level Commands
8458
8459 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8460 invoke directly.
8461
8462 Some low-level commands need to be prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8463 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8464 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8465
8466 @itemize @bullet
8467 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8468
8469 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8470 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8471
8472 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8473 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8474
8475 Return information about the flash banks
8476
8477 @item @b{capture} <@var{command}>
8478
8479 Run <@var{command}> and return full log output that was produced during
8480 its execution. Example:
8481
8482 @example
8483 > capture "reset init"
8484 @end example
8485
8486 @end itemize
8487
8488 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8489 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8490 called "flash_banks".
8491
8492 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8493
8494 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8495 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8496 holds one of the following values:
8497
8498 @itemize @bullet
8499 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8500 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8501 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8502 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8503 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8504 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8505 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8506 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8507 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8508 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8509 @end itemize
8510
8511 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8512
8513 @quotation Note
8514 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8515 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8516 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8517 is jim, not real tcl).
8518 @end quotation
8519
8520 @section Tcl RPC server
8521 @cindex RPC
8522
8523 OpenOCD provides a simple RPC server that allows to run arbitrary Tcl
8524 commands and receive the results.
8525
8526 To access it, your application needs to connect to a configured TCP port
8527 (see @command{tcl_port}). Then it can pass any string to the
8528 interpreter terminating it with @code{0x1a} and wait for the return
8529 value (it will be terminated with @code{0x1a} as well). This can be
8530 repeated as many times as desired without reopening the connection.
8531
8532 Remember that most of the OpenOCD commands need to be prefixed with
8533 @code{ocd_} to get the results back. Sometimes you might also need the
8534 @command{capture} command.
8535
8536 See @file{contrib/rpc_examples/} for specific client implementations.
8537
8538 @node FAQ
8539 @chapter FAQ
8540 @cindex faq
8541 @enumerate
8542 @anchor{faqrtck}
8543 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8544 @cindex RTCK
8545 @cindex adaptive clocking
8546 @*
8547
8548 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8549 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8550 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8551 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8552
8553 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8554 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8555 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8556 @enumerate
8557 @item
8558 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8559 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8560 @item
8561 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8562 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8563 @end enumerate
8564
8565 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8566 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8567 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8568 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8569 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8570 power).
8571
8572 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8573 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8574 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8575 ARM926 scenario).
8576 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8577 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8578 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8579
8580 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8581 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8582 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8583 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8584
8585 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8586
8587 In order to make use of this,
8588 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8589 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8590
8591 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8592 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8593 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8594 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8595 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8596
8597 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8598 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8599 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8600 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8601
8602 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8603 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8604 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8605 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8606 with a CPLD.
8607 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8608 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8609 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8610 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8611 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8612 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8613
8614 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8615
8616 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8617
8618 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8619 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8620 depending on the chips on your board.
8621 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8622 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8623 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8624
8625 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8626 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8627 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8628
8629 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8630 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8631 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8632 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8633
8634 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8635 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8636 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8637 this way.
8638
8639 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8640 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8641 clock rate.
8642 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8643 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8644 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8645
8646 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8647
8648 @example
8649 # Example: 1.234MHz
8650 adapter_khz 1234
8651 @end example
8652
8653
8654 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8655
8656 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8657 around Windows filenames.
8658
8659 @example
8660 > echo \a
8661
8662 > echo @{\a@}
8663 \a
8664 > echo "\a"
8665
8666 >
8667 @end example
8668
8669
8670 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8671
8672 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8673 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8674 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8675
8676 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8677 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8678 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8679
8680 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8681 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8682 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8683
8684 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8685
8686 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8687 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8688 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8689 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8690
8691 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8692 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8693 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8694
8695 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8696 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8697
8698 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8699 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8700 memory read caused data abort".
8701
8702 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8703 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8704 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8705 be done, feel free to add this here.
8706
8707 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8708 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8709 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8710 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8711 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8712 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8713 gracefully stops.
8714
8715 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8716 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8717 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8718
8719 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8720 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8721 bytes. Painful...
8722
8723
8724 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8725 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8726
8727 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8728 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8729 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8730 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8731 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8732 reset, everything else should work fine.
8733
8734 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8735 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8736 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8737 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8738
8739 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8740 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8741 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8742 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8743
8744 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8745
8746 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8747 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8748 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8749 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8750
8751 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8752 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8753 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8754 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8755
8756 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8757 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8758 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8759
8760 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8761 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8762
8763 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8764 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8765 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8766 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8767 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8768 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8769 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8770 clock frequency?
8771
8772 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8773 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8774 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8775 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8776 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8777
8778 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8779
8780 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8781 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8782 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8783 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8784 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8785 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8786 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8787
8788 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8789
8790 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8791 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8792 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8793 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8794
8795 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8796 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8797 particular order?
8798
8799 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8800 the same order used by the hardware.
8801
8802 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8803 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8804 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8805 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8806 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8807 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8808
8809 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8810 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8811 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8812 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8813
8814 @itemize @bullet
8815 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8816 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8817 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8818 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8819 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8820 @end itemize
8821
8822 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8823
8824 @itemize @bullet
8825 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8826 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8827 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8828 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8829 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8830 @end itemize
8831
8832
8833 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8834 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8835 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8836
8837 TODO.
8838
8839 @end enumerate
8840
8841 @node Tcl Crash Course
8842 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8843 @cindex Tcl
8844
8845 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8846 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8847 how the Tcl scripts work.
8848
8849 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8850 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8851 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8852 OpenOCD.
8853
8854 @section Tcl Rule #1
8855 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8856 @enumerate
8857 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8858 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8859 @end enumerate
8860
8861 The Tcl equal is this:
8862
8863 @enumerate
8864 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8865 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8866 @end enumerate
8867
8868 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8869 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8870
8871 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8872 There is a second pair of rules.
8873 @enumerate
8874 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8875 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8876 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8877 in Tcl.
8878 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8879 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8880 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8881 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8882 @end enumerate
8883
8884 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8885 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8886 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8887 Everything is a string}
8888
8889 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8890 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8891 difference is subtle.
8892 @enumerate
8893 @item Parse Time
8894 @item Evaluation Time
8895 @end enumerate
8896
8897 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8898 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8899 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8900
8901 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8902 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8903 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8904 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8905
8906 @itemize @bullet
8907 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8908 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8909 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8910 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8911 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8912 @example
8913 # bash example
8914 X=`date`
8915 echo "The Date is: $X"
8916 # Tcl example
8917 set X [date]
8918 puts "The Date is: $X"
8919 @end example
8920 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8921 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8922 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8923 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8924 is a string}
8925 @example
8926 set x "Dinner"
8927 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8928 @end example
8929 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8930 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8931 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8932 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8933 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8934 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8935 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8936 @end itemize
8937
8938 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8939
8940 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8941
8942 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8943
8944 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8945 the normal way.
8946
8947 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8948 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8949 line is immedatly executed.
8950
8951 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8952 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8953
8954 @subsection Command Execution
8955
8956 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8957 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8958 control flow operators.
8959
8960 Commands are executed like this:
8961
8962 @enumerate
8963 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8964 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8965 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8966 @end enumerate
8967
8968 It sort of works like this:
8969 @example
8970 for(;;)@{
8971 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8972
8973 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8974
8975 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8976 @}
8977 @end example
8978
8979 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8980 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8981 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8982 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8983 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8984 ``LookupCommand()''
8985
8986 @subsection The FOR command
8987
8988 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8989 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8990 command just like any other command.
8991
8992 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8993 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8994 are:
8995
8996 @enumerate 0
8997 @item The ascii text 'for'
8998 @item The start text
8999 @item The test expression
9000 @item The next text
9001 @item The body text
9002 @end enumerate
9003
9004 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
9005 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
9006 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
9007 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
9008
9009 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
9010 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
9011
9012 @example
9013 int
9014 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
9015 int *argc,
9016 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
9017 @end example
9018
9019 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
9020 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
9021 still operates in the same basic way.
9022
9023 @subsection FOR command implementation
9024
9025 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
9026 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
9027
9028 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
9029
9030 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
9031
9032 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
9033 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
9034 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
9035
9036 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
9037 expression and returns a value.
9038
9039 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
9040 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
9041 @example
9042 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
9043
9044 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
9045
9046 int
9047 MyForCommand( void *interp,
9048 int argc,
9049 char **argv )
9050 @{
9051 if( argc != 5 )@{
9052 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
9053 return ERROR;
9054 @}
9055
9056 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
9057
9058 // Execute the start statement.
9059 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
9060
9061 // Top of loop test
9062 for(;;)@{
9063 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
9064 if( i == 0 )
9065 break;
9066
9067 // Execute the body
9068 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
9069
9070 // Execute the LOOP part
9071 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
9072 @}
9073
9074 // Return no error
9075 SetResult( interp, "" );
9076 return SUCCESS;
9077 @}
9078 @end example
9079
9080 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9081 in the same basic way.
9082
9083 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9084
9085 @subsection source and find commands
9086 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9087 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9088 @*Remember the parsing rules
9089 @enumerate
9090 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9091 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9092 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9093 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9094 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9095 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9096 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9097 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9098 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9099 @end enumerate
9100 @subsection format command
9101 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9102 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9103 @b{sprintf()}.
9104 @b{Example}
9105 @example
9106 set x 6
9107 set y 7
9108 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9109 @end example
9110 @enumerate
9111 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9112 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9113 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9114 @* Refer to Rule #1
9115 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9116 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9117 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9118 @end enumerate
9119 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9120 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9121 @example
9122 #1 Good
9123 proc someproc @{@} @{
9124 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9125 @}
9126 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9127 #2 Good - no variables
9128 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9129 #3 Good Curly Braces
9130 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9131 puts "Time: [date]"
9132 @}
9133 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9134 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9135 @end example
9136 @enumerate
9137 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9138 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9139 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9140 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9141 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9142 command.
9143 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9144 @*There are 4 examples:
9145 @enumerate
9146 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9147 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9148 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9149 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9150 @end enumerate
9151
9152 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9153 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9154 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9155
9156 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9157 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9158 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9159 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9160 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9161 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9162 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9163 @end enumerate
9164 @subsection Global Variables
9165 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9166 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9167 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9168 @example
9169 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9170 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9171 global x #Global variable X
9172 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9173 @}
9174 @end example
9175 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9176 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9177 @example
9178 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9179 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9180 # Create var name
9181 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9182 # Make it a global
9183 global $vn
9184 # Set it.
9185 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9186 @}
9187 @end example
9188 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9189 @example
9190 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9191 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9192 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9193 @}
9194 @end example
9195
9196 @include fdl.texi
9197
9198 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9199 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9200 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9201 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9202 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9203 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9204
9205 @printindex cp
9206
9207 @node Command and Driver Index
9208 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9209 @printindex fn
9210
9211 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)